<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.blogger.com/styles/atom.css" type="text/css"?><feed xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom' xmlns:openSearch='http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/' xmlns:georss='http://www.georss.org/georss' xmlns:gd='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005' xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906</id><updated>2012-02-13T07:29:15.870+07:00</updated><category term='WAN Technologies'/><category term='Network Fundamentals'/><category term='Small-to-Medium Business'/><category term='Intermediate Routing'/><category term='CCNA Discovery 4 Version 4.0'/><category term='CCNA3-Version 3.1'/><category term='CCNA Exploration 1 Version 4.0'/><category term='Small Businesses'/><category term='Routing Protocols and Concepts'/><category term='Introducing Routing'/><category term='Switching in the Enterprise'/><category term='CCNA1-Version 3.1'/><category term='CCNA Discovery 2 Version 4.0'/><category term='LAN Switching and Wireless'/><category term='CCNA Discovery 3 Version 4.0'/><category term='CCNA4-Version 3.1'/><category term='CCNA2-Version 3.1'/><category term='CCNA Exploration 4 Version 4.0'/><category term='Networking for Home'/><category term='Designing'/><category term='Switching Basics'/><category term='CCNA Exploration 3 Version 4.0'/><category term='CCNA Exploration 2 Version 4.0'/><category term='Router and Routing Basics'/><category term='Networking Basics'/><category term='CCNA1-Networking -Basics'/><category term='CCNA Discovery 1 Version 4.0'/><category term='Accessing the WAN'/><category term='Supporting Computer Networks'/><category term='Working at a ISP'/><title type='text'>CCNA 1 Exam Networking Answers</title><subtitle type='html'></subtitle><link rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default?max-results=100'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/'/><link rel='hub' href='http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/'/><link rel='next' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default?start-index=101&amp;max-results=100'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><generator version='7.00' uri='http://www.blogger.com'>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>293</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>100</openSearch:itemsPerPage><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-3093022372786012830</id><published>2009-01-29T14:20:00.004+07:00</published><updated>2009-01-29T18:05:54.646+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Designing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Supporting Computer Networks'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 4 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 4 : Designing and Supporting Computer Networks (Version 4.0)</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;Cisco Networking Academy    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"&gt;CCNA Discovery 4 : Designing and Supporting Computer Networks (Version 4.0)     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-4-module-1-exam-answers_16.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 4 : Module 1 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-4-module-2-exam-answers_16.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 4 : Module 2 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-4-module-3-exam-answers_16.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 4 : Module 3 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-4-module-4-exam-answers_16.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 4 : Module 4 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-4-module-5-exam-answers_16.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 4 : Module 5 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-4-module-6-exam-answers.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 4 : Module 6 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-4-module-7-exam-answers_16.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 4 : Module 7 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-4-module-8-exam-answers_16.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 4 : Module 8 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-4-module-9-exam-answers_17.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 4 : Module 9 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt; CCNA Discovery 4 : FINAL Exam Answers&lt;br /&gt; &lt;p style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;A Complete Learning Program &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The Cisco Networking Academy Program provides skills students need to work in IT fields. The program offers Web-based content, online assessment, hand-on labs, instructor training, and preparation for industry certifications&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-3093022372786012830?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/3093022372786012830/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=3093022372786012830' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/3093022372786012830'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/3093022372786012830'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2009/01/ccna-discovery-4-designing-and.html' title='CCNA Discovery 4 : Designing and Supporting Computer Networks (Version 4.0)'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-3374294719875101433</id><published>2008-12-17T01:20:00.000+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:37:20.379+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Designing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Supporting Computer Networks'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 4 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 4 - Module 9 Exam Answers Version 4.0</title><content type='html'>1. Which two statements describe factors that influence the layout of a proposal? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• Proposal layouts are required to use sans serif typefaces.&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;A specific proposal layout is followed when one is specified in the RFP.&lt;br /&gt;• A designer chooses the layout if a written RFP does not specify an outline.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The software that is used to create the proposal dictates the proposal layouts.&lt;br /&gt;• Proposal layouts are required to use a format that is designed by the network engineer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2 . What two items are typically included in the executive summary of a proposal? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;project scope summary&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• high-level implementation plan&lt;br /&gt;• quotes for all needed equipment&lt;br /&gt;• technical requirements for the design&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;emphasis on the benefits that meet the goals of the customer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Which proposal section describes the intended routing protocol, security mechanisms, and addressing for the planned network?&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;logical design &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• physical design&lt;br /&gt;• executive summary&lt;br /&gt;• implementation plan&lt;br /&gt;• network requirements&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. Which occurrence would indicate a failure of the design phase?&lt;br /&gt;• The incorrect model switches were ordered.&lt;br /&gt;• There is no customer signoff for task completion.&lt;br /&gt;• New requirements are identified after implementation begins.&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;The new network capacity is inadequate to support required traffic.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. A network installation team is assigned to replace all core switches in an existing data center. No other upgrades are planned. Which kind of installation is this?&lt;br /&gt;• a new installation&lt;br /&gt;• a fork-lift installation&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;a phased installation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• a green field installation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. What service is provided Cisco standard warranty?&lt;br /&gt;• software application maintenance&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;replacement of defected hardware&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• next business day delivery of replacement parts&lt;br /&gt;• access to the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) 24 hours a day, 7 days a week&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. An upgraded version of the Cisco IOS has been purchased. However, the CD arrived damaged. How will this loss be covered?&lt;br /&gt;• a hardware warranty&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;a software warranty&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• the Cisco SMARTnet Service&lt;br /&gt;• an additional service contract&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. A company informs the account manager that the installation of a new edge router at the customer remote branch location cannot be done at the scheduled time because of a large order that the branch office needs to complete. As a result, the end date of the project must be adjusted to accommodate the additional time. What is the action should the account manager take?&lt;br /&gt;• Cancel the order for the new edge router.&lt;br /&gt;• Work with designer to redesign the branch network.&lt;br /&gt;• Instruct the technician to complete the install of the router at on the date in the contract.&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;Adjust the timeline documentation to show the company how the delay will affect the&lt;br /&gt;• project completion date.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. NetworkingCompany completes the installation of a network upgrade for a retail customer. All of the onsite tests complete successfully and the customer IT staff approves the results of the tests. The manager of the retail store contacts NetworkingCompany to inform the company that the store will not pay for the upgrade until a recently purchased software package is installed and tested on the network. Which two items that are contained in the proposal can the account manager refer to when discussing this issue with the store manager?(Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;the project scope&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• the bill-of-material&lt;br /&gt;• the project timeline&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;the terms and conditions&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• the business goals of the customer&lt;br /&gt;• the evaluation of the current network&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. The operation of a new branch location network is delayed because a VPN cannot be configured and established between the branch location and the main office. It is determined that the router at the main office does not have enough memory and does not have the correct Cisco IOS version image to support the VPN features. To prevent this delay, this problem should have been identified and corrected during which part of the design project?&lt;br /&gt;• the preparation of the business case&lt;br /&gt;• the prioritizing of the technical goals&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;the characterization of the existing network&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• the implementation of the approved design&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11.The NetworkingCompany team is tasked to prepare an implementation schedule for a customer. It is determined that the new firewalls and wireless controllers that are specified in the design cannot be delivered and installed within the agreed upon time frame. The NetworkingCompany informs the customer of the problem. What two options can the NetworkingCompany team take to ensure the success of the project? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;plan to add additional staff and resources to shorten the installation time after the new equipment is delivered&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• eliminate redundancy in the design to reduce the amount of equipment that is needed&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;renegotiate a new time frame with the customer to accommodate the delay&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• delay the installation of the security devices and controllers until a later time&lt;br /&gt;• redesign the network to use only readily available equipment and software&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. AAA Financial Services Company is performing implementation planning for a core switch upgrade. The company has 200 financial software programmers that work billable hours during the week. They have critical, scheduled money transfer transmissions that occur at hourly intervals every night. There are two, two-hour long IT maintenance windows scheduled for software upgrades, one on Saturday and one on Sunday. The bank advertises online banking as available 24 hours on business days and 21 hours on the weekends. However, a network upgrade that is necessary to replace some switches is expected to take four hours. Because of rack constraints, this time includes three hours to remove the old switches before the new switches can be installed and one hour to test the logical configuration. How should the implementation scheduling be handled&lt;br /&gt;• Defer the software upgrades. Use the Saturday window to perform the hardware installation. Use the Sunday window to perform the logical testing.&lt;br /&gt;• Coordinate and publish a separate four-hour downtime during Friday to perform the complete switch installation and testing process. Use the Saturday and Sunday windows to correct any outage problems after the Friday window.&lt;br /&gt;• Coordinate and publish two, four-hour downtimes incorporating the published Saturday and Sunday windows. Defer any software upgrades until the new network is proven to be working&lt;br /&gt;correctly with the old software. Use the Sunday window as a fallback scheduling period if there re problems necessitating backing out of the Saturday window.&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;Coordinate and publish an eight-hour downtime incorporating the Saturday window. This ill allow four hours for installation and logical testing, one hour for troubleshooting and decision, and three hours to roll back to the previous configuration if the new switching cannot pass the logical testing. Defer any software upgrades until the new network is proven to be working orrectly with the old software.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;13. ncluded in a Bill of Materials (BOM) for a SOHO wired implementation is a Cisco 2811 router, Catalyst 2560 switch, four PCs, three laptops, and a networked printer. Wireless LAN capability will be implemented on this network. Which two equipment types must be added to the BOM to implement this request? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• DNS server&lt;br /&gt;• LAN switch&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;wireless NICs&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• DHCP server&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;wireless access points&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14. A customer has just taken delivery of a Cisco 2811 router and Catalyst 3560 switch. Included with the purchase is the SMARTnet Service. Which two resources are included with SMARTnet Service? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• signature file updates&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;technical support from TAC&lt;br /&gt;• maintenance releases for OS&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• software application major releases&lt;br /&gt;• software application maintenance and minor releases&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. A Cisco 1841 router has been purchased without an agreement for SMARTnet Service. What two items are guaranteed under the standard warranty? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• access to TAC&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;replacement of defective physical media&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• advanced replacement of hardware parts&lt;br /&gt;• access to a renewable standard warranty contract &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• under normal use, replacement of defective hardware&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. Upon completion of a proposal, a network design team must sell their ideas to two key stakeholders. Who are these two stakeholders? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;customers&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• licensing boards&lt;br /&gt;• cabling contractors&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;internal management&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• project implementation team&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. What are two important guidelines when creating a slide presentation for a meeting with a customer? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• Use all capital letters on words and phrases when possible for added emphasis.&lt;br /&gt;• Provide varied background graphics to enhance viewer interest.&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;Use contrasting colors for background and text to aid visibility.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Change fonts frequently to denote differences in subject matter. &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Use bulleted text to lead the discussion.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18. In order to finalize a project proposal, an account manager of a&lt;br /&gt;• networking company creates the terms and conditions section. What are two clauses that should be included in this section? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• cost summary&lt;br /&gt;• installation steps&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;change order procedures&lt;br /&gt;• problem resolution process&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• maintenance contract quotation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19. Which two items will a systems engineer include in an implementation plan? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;references to design documents&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• the business goals of the customer&lt;br /&gt;• diagrams of the existing traffic flows&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;the steps to install and test the network&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• cost of each network device and component&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20. Which statement describes a phased installation into an existing network?&lt;br /&gt;• A phased installation generally takes less time and expense than a green-field installation.&lt;br /&gt;• A phased installation is not suitable for large, multi-site network installations or upgrades.&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;A phased installation requires detailed planning in order to avoid disruption of user services. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• A phased installation involves building an entire replacement network and migrating users over to it.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-3374294719875101433?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/3374294719875101433/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=3374294719875101433' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/3374294719875101433'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/3374294719875101433'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-4-module-9-exam-answers.html' title='CCNA Discovery 4 - Module 9 Exam Answers Version 4.0'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-3903128092463041857</id><published>2008-12-17T01:01:00.001+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:38:42.273+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA1-Version 3.1'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Networking Basics'/><title type='text'>CCNA 1 - Module Final Exam Answers(B) Version 3.1</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0,0,153)"&gt;CCNA 1 Networking Basics - FINAL Exam Answers (B)&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;1. Convert the binary number 10111010 into its hexadecimal equivalent. Select the correct answer from the list below.  &lt;br /&gt;• 85  &lt;br /&gt;• 90  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• BA&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• A1  &lt;br /&gt;• B3  &lt;br /&gt;• 1C  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;2. Convert the Hexadecimal number A2 into its Base 10 equivalent. Select the correct answer from the list below.  &lt;br /&gt;• 156  &lt;br /&gt;• 158  &lt;br /&gt;• 160  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 162&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 164  &lt;br /&gt;• 166  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;3. Select the necessary information that is required to compute the estimated time it would take to transfer data from one location to another. (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• file size&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• data format  &lt;br /&gt;• network in use  &lt;br /&gt;• type of medium  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• bandwidth of the link&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;4. Using the data transfer calculation T=S/BW, how long would it take a 4MB file to be sent over a 1.5Mbps connection?  &lt;br /&gt;• 52.2 seconds  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 21.3 seconds&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 6.4 seconds  &lt;br /&gt;• 2 seconds  &lt;br /&gt;• 0.075 seconds  &lt;br /&gt;• 0.0375 seconds  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;5. What are features of the TCP/IP Transport layer? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• path determination  &lt;br /&gt;• handles representation, encoding and dialog control  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• uses TCP and UDP protocols&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• packet switching  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• reliability, flow control and error correction&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;6. Which combinations of charges will be repelled by electric force? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• neutral and neutral  &lt;br /&gt;• neutral and positive  &lt;br /&gt;• neutral and negative  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• positive and positive&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• positive and negative  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• negative and negative&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;7. Which of the following are considered the best electrical conductors for use in data network communications? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;• glass fibers  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• copper&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• gold&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• plastic  &lt;br /&gt;• silicon  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• silver&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;8. During cable testing, which of the following are used to calculate the information carrying capacity of a data cable? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• bit speed  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• attenuation&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• wire map  &lt;br /&gt;• saturation limit  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• analog bandwidth&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;9. The highest capacity Ethernet technologies should be implemented in which areas of a network? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;• between workstation and backbone switch  &lt;br /&gt;• between individual workstations  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• between backbone switches&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• between enterprise server and switch&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• on aggregate access links&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;10. What device must be used between an AUI port of a networking device and the media to which it is being connected?  &lt;br /&gt;• a transducer  &lt;br /&gt;• a transmitter  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• a transceiver&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• a transponder  &lt;br /&gt;• a port replicator  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;11. An ISDN Basic Rate Interface (BRI) is composed of how many signaling channels?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 1&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 2  &lt;br /&gt;• 3  &lt;br /&gt;• 4  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;12. Which of the following items are common to all 100BASE technologies? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• frame format&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• media  &lt;br /&gt;• connectors  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• timing&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• multi-part encoding&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;13. Which of the following does 1000BASE-T use to accomplish gigabit speeds on Cat 5e cable?  &lt;br /&gt;• the use of four conductors in full-duplex mode  &lt;br /&gt;• the use of two multiplexed pairs of wires, simultaneously  &lt;br /&gt;• the use of three pairs of wires for data and the fourth for stabilization and forward error correction  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• the use of all four pairs of wires in full-duplex mode, simultaneously&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;14. For which of the following is Ethernet considered the standard? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• inter-building connection&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• mid-length voice  &lt;br /&gt;• video conferencing  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• vertical wiring&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• horizontal wiring&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• diagonal wiring  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;15. John has been hired as the network administrator of a local company and has decided to add more hubs to the company's existing network. Which of the following has been caused by John's inexperience?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• collision domain extended&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• an increased number of collision domains  &lt;br /&gt;• increased network performance  &lt;br /&gt;• increased bandwidth  &lt;br /&gt;• extended bandwidth  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;16. &amp;quot;CompA&amp;quot; is trying to locate a new computer named &amp;quot;CompB&amp;quot; on the network. Which of the following does &amp;quot;CompA&amp;quot; broadcast to find the MAC address of &amp;quot;CompB&amp;quot;?  &lt;br /&gt;• MAC request  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• ARP request&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• ping  &lt;br /&gt;• Telnet  &lt;br /&gt;• proxy ARP  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;17. Which of the following is a term associated with replacing hubs with switches to increase the number of collision domains?  &lt;br /&gt;• encapsulation  &lt;br /&gt;• latency  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• segmentation&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• layered model  &lt;br /&gt;• broadcast domain  &lt;br /&gt;• extended  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;18. The accumulation of traffic from which of the following can cause a network condition called broadcast radiation? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;• anonymous FTP servers  &lt;br /&gt;• telnet sessions  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• video over IP applications&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• NAS services  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• ARP requests&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• RIP updates&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;19. Which of the following describes the use of Spanning Tree Protocol (STP)?  &lt;br /&gt;• resolve routing loops  &lt;br /&gt;• eliminate Split Horizon errors  &lt;br /&gt;• limit collisions  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• resolve switching loops&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;20. Which term describes an ARP response by a router on behalf of a requesting host?  &lt;br /&gt;• ARP  &lt;br /&gt;• RARP  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• Proxy ARP&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Proxy RARP  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;21. Which OSI layer encapsulates data into packets?  &lt;br /&gt;• session  &lt;br /&gt;• transport  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• network&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• data link  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;22. Which OSI layer defines the functions of a router?  &lt;br /&gt;• physical  &lt;br /&gt;• data link  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• network&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• transport  &lt;br /&gt;• session  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;23. Which of the following are Cisco proprietary routing protocols? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• RIPv2  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• IGRP&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• OSPF  &lt;br /&gt;• BGP  &lt;br /&gt;• RIPv1  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• EIGRP&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;24. A company with a Class B license needs to have a minimum of 1,000 subnets with each subnet capable of accommodating 50 hosts. Which mask below is the appropriate one?  &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.0.0  &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.240.0  &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.0  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 255.255.255.192&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.224  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;25. A small company has a class C network license and needs to create five usable subnets, each subnet capable of accommodating at least 20 hosts. Which of the following is the appropriate subnet mask?  &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.0  &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.192  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 255.255.255.224&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.240  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;26. When a network administrator applies the subnet mask 255.255.255.248 to a Class A address, for any given subnet, how many IP addresses are available to be assigned to devices?  &lt;br /&gt;• 1022  &lt;br /&gt;• 510  &lt;br /&gt;• 254  &lt;br /&gt;• 126  &lt;br /&gt;• 30  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 6&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;27. If a network administrator needed to download files from a remote server, which protocols could the administrator use to remotely access those files? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• NFS  &lt;br /&gt;• ASCII  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• TFTP&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• IMAP  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• FTP&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• UDP  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;28. What is established during a connection-oriented file transfer between computers? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• a temporary connection to establish authentication of hosts  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• a connection used for ASCII or binary mode data transfer&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• a connection used to provide the tunnel through which file headers are transported  &lt;br /&gt;• a command connection which allows the transfer of multiple commands directly to the remote server system  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• a control connection between the client and server&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;29. Which of the following protocols are used for e-mail transfer between clients and servers? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;• TFTP  &lt;br /&gt;• SNMP  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• POP3&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• SMTP&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• IMAP4&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• postoffice  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;30. What type of wiring problem is depicted in this sample of a cable tester?  &lt;br /&gt;• a fault  &lt;br /&gt;• a short  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• an open&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• a split  &lt;br /&gt;• a good map  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;31. Which layer of the OSI model covers physical media?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• Layer 1&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Layer 2  &lt;br /&gt;• Layer 3  &lt;br /&gt;• Layer 4  &lt;br /&gt;• Layer 5  &lt;br /&gt;• Layer 6  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;32. What type of network cable is used between a terminal and a console port?  &lt;br /&gt;• cross-over  &lt;br /&gt;• straight-through  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• rollover&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• patch cable  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;33. What does the &amp;quot;10&amp;quot; in 10Base2 indicate about this version of Ethernet?  &lt;br /&gt;• The version uses Base10 numbering within the frames.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• The version operates at a transmission rate of 10 Mbps.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Frames can travel 10 meters unrepeated.  &lt;br /&gt;• The maximum frame length is 10 octets.  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;34. How is a MAC address represented?  &lt;br /&gt;• four groups of eight binary digits separated by a decimal point  &lt;br /&gt;• four Base10 digits separated by a decimal point  &lt;br /&gt;• six hexadecimal digits  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• twelve hexadecimal digits&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• twenty-four Base10 digits  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;35. To make sure timing limitations are not violated when implementing a 10 Mbps Ethernet network involving hubs or repeaters, a technician should adhere to which rule?  &lt;br /&gt;• the 4-5-3 rule  &lt;br /&gt;• the 6-4-2 rule  &lt;br /&gt;• the 3-4-5 rule  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• the 5-4-3 rule&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;36. Which of the following wireless standards increased transmission capabilities to 11 Mbps?  &lt;br /&gt;• 802.11a  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 802.11b&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 802.11c  &lt;br /&gt;• 802.11d  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;37. Which protocol functions at the internet layer of the TCP/IP protocol suite?  &lt;br /&gt;• File Transfer Protocol (FTP)  &lt;br /&gt;• Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP)  &lt;br /&gt;• Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• Internet Protocol (IP)&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• User Datagram Protocol (UDP)  &lt;br /&gt;• Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP)  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;38. Which of these workstation installation and setup tasks are concerned with network access layer functions? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• configuring the e-mail client  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• installing NIC drivers&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• configuring IP network settings  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• connecting the network cable&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• using FTP to download application software updates  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;39. Which part of an IP address identifies a specific device on a network?  &lt;br /&gt;• first two octets  &lt;br /&gt;• third and fourth octets  &lt;br /&gt;• network portion  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• host portion&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• only the fourth octet  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;40. Which of the following are features of the Internet Protocol (IP)? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• It is the most widely implemented global addressing scheme.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• It allows two hosts to share a single address on a local area network.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• It is a hierarchical addressing scheme allowing addresses to be grouped.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• It is only locally significant, used primarily on local area networks.  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;41. In a new network installation, the network administrator has decided to use a medium that is not affected by electrical noise. Which cable type will best meet this standard?  &lt;br /&gt;• coaxial  &lt;br /&gt;• screened twisted pair  &lt;br /&gt;• shielded twisted pair  &lt;br /&gt;• unshielded twisted pair  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• fiber optic&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;42. What is the recommended maximum number of workstations configured on a peer-to-peer network?  &lt;br /&gt;• 25  &lt;br /&gt;• 15  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 10&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 5  &lt;br /&gt;• 2  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;43. What is the maximum distance that 10BASE-T will transmit data before signal attenuation affects the data delivery?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 100 meters&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 185 meters  &lt;br /&gt;• 300 meters  &lt;br /&gt;• 500 meters  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;44. Which type of institution does the domain suffix .org represent?  &lt;br /&gt;• government  &lt;br /&gt;• education  &lt;br /&gt;• network  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• non-profit&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;45. Which of the following services is used to translate a web address into an IP address?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• DNS&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• WINS  &lt;br /&gt;• DHCP  &lt;br /&gt;• Telnet  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;46. Which part of the URL http://www.awsb.ca/teacher gives the name of the domain?  &lt;br /&gt;• www  &lt;br /&gt;• http://  &lt;br /&gt;• /teacher  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• awsb.ca&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;47. Which of the following will test the internal loopback of a node?  &lt;br /&gt;• ping 10.10.10.1  &lt;br /&gt;• ping 192.168.1.1  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• ping 127.0.0.1&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• ping 223.223.223.223  &lt;br /&gt;• ping 255.255.255.255  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;48. Which of the following is the Layer 4 PDU?  &lt;br /&gt;• bit  &lt;br /&gt;• frame  &lt;br /&gt;• packet  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• segment&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;49. Which of the following are small, discrete components found within a personal computer? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• transistor&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• microprocessor  &lt;br /&gt;• power supply  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• capacitor&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• light emitting diode&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• hard disk  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;50. What is important to remember about the data link layer of the OSI model when considering Peer to Peer communication? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;• It links data to the transport layer.  &lt;br /&gt;• It encapsulates frames into packets.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• It provides a service to the network layer.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• It encapsulates the network layer information into a frame.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• Its header contains a physical address which is required to complete the data link functions.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;It encodes the data link frame into a pattern of 1s and 0s (bits) for transmission on the medium.  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;51. Which of the following are useable Class A IP addresses with a default subnet mask? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;• 127.0.39.1  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 111.9.28.30&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 123.1.2.132&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 128.50.38.2  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 105.1.34.1&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 0.23.92.3    &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-3903128092463041857?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/3903128092463041857/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=3903128092463041857' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/3903128092463041857'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/3903128092463041857'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-1-module-final-exam-answersb_17.html' title='CCNA 1 - Module Final Exam Answers(B) Version 3.1'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-1184228008490136717</id><published>2008-12-17T01:01:00.000+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:37:20.447+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA1-Version 3.1'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Networking Basics'/><title type='text'>CCNA 1 - Module Final Exam Answers(B) Version 3.1</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0,0,153)"&gt;CCNA 1 Networking Basics - FINAL Exam Answers (B)&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;1. Convert the binary number 10111010 into its hexadecimal equivalent. Select the correct answer from the list below.  &lt;br /&gt;• 85  &lt;br /&gt;• 90  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• BA&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• A1  &lt;br /&gt;• B3  &lt;br /&gt;• 1C  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;2. Convert the Hexadecimal number A2 into its Base 10 equivalent. Select the correct answer from the list below.  &lt;br /&gt;• 156  &lt;br /&gt;• 158  &lt;br /&gt;• 160  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 162&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 164  &lt;br /&gt;• 166  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;3. Select the necessary information that is required to compute the estimated time it would take to transfer data from one location to another. (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• file size&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• data format  &lt;br /&gt;• network in use  &lt;br /&gt;• type of medium  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• bandwidth of the link&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;4. Using the data transfer calculation T=S/BW, how long would it take a 4MB file to be sent over a 1.5Mbps connection?  &lt;br /&gt;• 52.2 seconds  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 21.3 seconds&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 6.4 seconds  &lt;br /&gt;• 2 seconds  &lt;br /&gt;• 0.075 seconds  &lt;br /&gt;• 0.0375 seconds  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;5. What are features of the TCP/IP Transport layer? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• path determination  &lt;br /&gt;• handles representation, encoding and dialog control  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• uses TCP and UDP protocols&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• packet switching  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• reliability, flow control and error correction&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;6. Which combinations of charges will be repelled by electric force? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• neutral and neutral  &lt;br /&gt;• neutral and positive  &lt;br /&gt;• neutral and negative  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• positive and positive&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• positive and negative  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• negative and negative&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;7. Which of the following are considered the best electrical conductors for use in data network communications? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;• glass fibers  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• copper&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• gold&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• plastic  &lt;br /&gt;• silicon  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• silver&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;8. During cable testing, which of the following are used to calculate the information carrying capacity of a data cable? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• bit speed  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• attenuation&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• wire map  &lt;br /&gt;• saturation limit  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• analog bandwidth&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;9. The highest capacity Ethernet technologies should be implemented in which areas of a network? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;• between workstation and backbone switch  &lt;br /&gt;• between individual workstations  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• between backbone switches&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• between enterprise server and switch&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• on aggregate access links&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;10. What device must be used between an AUI port of a networking device and the media to which it is being connected?  &lt;br /&gt;• a transducer  &lt;br /&gt;• a transmitter  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• a transceiver&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• a transponder  &lt;br /&gt;• a port replicator  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;11. An ISDN Basic Rate Interface (BRI) is composed of how many signaling channels?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 1&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 2  &lt;br /&gt;• 3  &lt;br /&gt;• 4  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;12. Which of the following items are common to all 100BASE technologies? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• frame format&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• media  &lt;br /&gt;• connectors  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• timing&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• multi-part encoding&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;13. Which of the following does 1000BASE-T use to accomplish gigabit speeds on Cat 5e cable?  &lt;br /&gt;• the use of four conductors in full-duplex mode  &lt;br /&gt;• the use of two multiplexed pairs of wires, simultaneously  &lt;br /&gt;• the use of three pairs of wires for data and the fourth for stabilization and forward error correction  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• the use of all four pairs of wires in full-duplex mode, simultaneously&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;14. For which of the following is Ethernet considered the standard? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• inter-building connection&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• mid-length voice  &lt;br /&gt;• video conferencing  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• vertical wiring&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• horizontal wiring&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• diagonal wiring  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;15. John has been hired as the network administrator of a local company and has decided to add more hubs to the company's existing network. Which of the following has been caused by John's inexperience?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• collision domain extended&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• an increased number of collision domains  &lt;br /&gt;• increased network performance  &lt;br /&gt;• increased bandwidth  &lt;br /&gt;• extended bandwidth  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;16. &amp;quot;CompA&amp;quot; is trying to locate a new computer named &amp;quot;CompB&amp;quot; on the network. Which of the following does &amp;quot;CompA&amp;quot; broadcast to find the MAC address of &amp;quot;CompB&amp;quot;?  &lt;br /&gt;• MAC request  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• ARP request&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• ping  &lt;br /&gt;• Telnet  &lt;br /&gt;• proxy ARP  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;17. Which of the following is a term associated with replacing hubs with switches to increase the number of collision domains?  &lt;br /&gt;• encapsulation  &lt;br /&gt;• latency  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• segmentation&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• layered model  &lt;br /&gt;• broadcast domain  &lt;br /&gt;• extended  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;18. The accumulation of traffic from which of the following can cause a network condition called broadcast radiation? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;• anonymous FTP servers  &lt;br /&gt;• telnet sessions  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• video over IP applications&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• NAS services  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• ARP requests&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• RIP updates&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;19. Which of the following describes the use of Spanning Tree Protocol (STP)?  &lt;br /&gt;• resolve routing loops  &lt;br /&gt;• eliminate Split Horizon errors  &lt;br /&gt;• limit collisions  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• resolve switching loops&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;20. Which term describes an ARP response by a router on behalf of a requesting host?  &lt;br /&gt;• ARP  &lt;br /&gt;• RARP  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• Proxy ARP&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Proxy RARP  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;21. Which OSI layer encapsulates data into packets?  &lt;br /&gt;• session  &lt;br /&gt;• transport  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• network&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• data link  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;22. Which OSI layer defines the functions of a router?  &lt;br /&gt;• physical  &lt;br /&gt;• data link  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• network&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• transport  &lt;br /&gt;• session  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;23. Which of the following are Cisco proprietary routing protocols? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• RIPv2  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• IGRP&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• OSPF  &lt;br /&gt;• BGP  &lt;br /&gt;• RIPv1  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• EIGRP&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;24. A company with a Class B license needs to have a minimum of 1,000 subnets with each subnet capable of accommodating 50 hosts. Which mask below is the appropriate one?  &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.0.0  &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.240.0  &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.0  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 255.255.255.192&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.224  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;25. A small company has a class C network license and needs to create five usable subnets, each subnet capable of accommodating at least 20 hosts. Which of the following is the appropriate subnet mask?  &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.0  &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.192  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 255.255.255.224&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.240  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;26. When a network administrator applies the subnet mask 255.255.255.248 to a Class A address, for any given subnet, how many IP addresses are available to be assigned to devices?  &lt;br /&gt;• 1022  &lt;br /&gt;• 510  &lt;br /&gt;• 254  &lt;br /&gt;• 126  &lt;br /&gt;• 30  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 6&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;27. If a network administrator needed to download files from a remote server, which protocols could the administrator use to remotely access those files? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• NFS  &lt;br /&gt;• ASCII  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• TFTP&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• IMAP  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• FTP&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• UDP  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;28. What is established during a connection-oriented file transfer between computers? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• a temporary connection to establish authentication of hosts  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• a connection used for ASCII or binary mode data transfer&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• a connection used to provide the tunnel through which file headers are transported  &lt;br /&gt;• a command connection which allows the transfer of multiple commands directly to the remote server system  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• a control connection between the client and server&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;29. Which of the following protocols are used for e-mail transfer between clients and servers? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;• TFTP  &lt;br /&gt;• SNMP  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• POP3&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• SMTP&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• IMAP4&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• postoffice  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;30. What type of wiring problem is depicted in this sample of a cable tester?  &lt;br /&gt;• a fault  &lt;br /&gt;• a short  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• an open&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• a split  &lt;br /&gt;• a good map  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;31. Which layer of the OSI model covers physical media?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• Layer 1&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Layer 2  &lt;br /&gt;• Layer 3  &lt;br /&gt;• Layer 4  &lt;br /&gt;• Layer 5  &lt;br /&gt;• Layer 6  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;32. What type of network cable is used between a terminal and a console port?  &lt;br /&gt;• cross-over  &lt;br /&gt;• straight-through  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• rollover&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• patch cable  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;33. What does the &amp;quot;10&amp;quot; in 10Base2 indicate about this version of Ethernet?  &lt;br /&gt;• The version uses Base10 numbering within the frames.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• The version operates at a transmission rate of 10 Mbps.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Frames can travel 10 meters unrepeated.  &lt;br /&gt;• The maximum frame length is 10 octets.  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;34. How is a MAC address represented?  &lt;br /&gt;• four groups of eight binary digits separated by a decimal point  &lt;br /&gt;• four Base10 digits separated by a decimal point  &lt;br /&gt;• six hexadecimal digits  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• twelve hexadecimal digits&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• twenty-four Base10 digits  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;35. To make sure timing limitations are not violated when implementing a 10 Mbps Ethernet network involving hubs or repeaters, a technician should adhere to which rule?  &lt;br /&gt;• the 4-5-3 rule  &lt;br /&gt;• the 6-4-2 rule  &lt;br /&gt;• the 3-4-5 rule  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• the 5-4-3 rule&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;36. Which of the following wireless standards increased transmission capabilities to 11 Mbps?  &lt;br /&gt;• 802.11a  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 802.11b&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 802.11c  &lt;br /&gt;• 802.11d  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;37. Which protocol functions at the internet layer of the TCP/IP protocol suite?  &lt;br /&gt;• File Transfer Protocol (FTP)  &lt;br /&gt;• Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP)  &lt;br /&gt;• Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• Internet Protocol (IP)&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• User Datagram Protocol (UDP)  &lt;br /&gt;• Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP)  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;38. Which of these workstation installation and setup tasks are concerned with network access layer functions? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• configuring the e-mail client  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• installing NIC drivers&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• configuring IP network settings  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• connecting the network cable&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• using FTP to download application software updates  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;39. Which part of an IP address identifies a specific device on a network?  &lt;br /&gt;• first two octets  &lt;br /&gt;• third and fourth octets  &lt;br /&gt;• network portion  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• host portion&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• only the fourth octet  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;40. Which of the following are features of the Internet Protocol (IP)? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• It is the most widely implemented global addressing scheme.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• It allows two hosts to share a single address on a local area network.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• It is a hierarchical addressing scheme allowing addresses to be grouped.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• It is only locally significant, used primarily on local area networks.  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;41. In a new network installation, the network administrator has decided to use a medium that is not affected by electrical noise. Which cable type will best meet this standard?  &lt;br /&gt;• coaxial  &lt;br /&gt;• screened twisted pair  &lt;br /&gt;• shielded twisted pair  &lt;br /&gt;• unshielded twisted pair  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• fiber optic&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;42. What is the recommended maximum number of workstations configured on a peer-to-peer network?  &lt;br /&gt;• 25  &lt;br /&gt;• 15  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 10&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 5  &lt;br /&gt;• 2  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;43. What is the maximum distance that 10BASE-T will transmit data before signal attenuation affects the data delivery?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 100 meters&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 185 meters  &lt;br /&gt;• 300 meters  &lt;br /&gt;• 500 meters  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;44. Which type of institution does the domain suffix .org represent?  &lt;br /&gt;• government  &lt;br /&gt;• education  &lt;br /&gt;• network  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• non-profit&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;45. Which of the following services is used to translate a web address into an IP address?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• DNS&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• WINS  &lt;br /&gt;• DHCP  &lt;br /&gt;• Telnet  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;46. Which part of the URL http://www.awsb.ca/teacher gives the name of the domain?  &lt;br /&gt;• www  &lt;br /&gt;• http://  &lt;br /&gt;• /teacher  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• awsb.ca&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;47. Which of the following will test the internal loopback of a node?  &lt;br /&gt;• ping 10.10.10.1  &lt;br /&gt;• ping 192.168.1.1  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• ping 127.0.0.1&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• ping 223.223.223.223  &lt;br /&gt;• ping 255.255.255.255  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;48. Which of the following is the Layer 4 PDU?  &lt;br /&gt;• bit  &lt;br /&gt;• frame  &lt;br /&gt;• packet  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• segment&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;49. Which of the following are small, discrete components found within a personal computer? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• transistor&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• microprocessor  &lt;br /&gt;• power supply  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• capacitor&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• light emitting diode&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• hard disk  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;50. What is important to remember about the data link layer of the OSI model when considering Peer to Peer communication? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;• It links data to the transport layer.  &lt;br /&gt;• It encapsulates frames into packets.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• It provides a service to the network layer.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• It encapsulates the network layer information into a frame.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• Its header contains a physical address which is required to complete the data link functions.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;It encodes the data link frame into a pattern of 1s and 0s (bits) for transmission on the medium.  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;51. Which of the following are useable Class A IP addresses with a default subnet mask? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;• 127.0.39.1  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 111.9.28.30&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 123.1.2.132&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 128.50.38.2  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 105.1.34.1&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 0.23.92.3    &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-1184228008490136717?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/1184228008490136717/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=1184228008490136717' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/1184228008490136717'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/1184228008490136717'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-1-module-final-exam-answersb.html' title='CCNA 1 - Module Final Exam Answers(B) Version 3.1'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-5466059377675141017</id><published>2008-12-17T01:00:00.001+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:38:42.150+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA1-Version 3.1'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Networking Basics'/><title type='text'>CCNA 1 - Module Final Exam Answers(A) Version 3.1</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0,0,153)"&gt;CCNA 1 Networking Basics - FINAL Exam Answers (A)&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;1. Which of the following OSI layers offers reliable, connection-oriented data communication services?  &lt;br /&gt;• application  &lt;br /&gt;• presentation  &lt;br /&gt;• session  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• transport&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• network  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;2. Router interface Ethernet 0 has been assigned the IP address 10.172.192.168 255.255.255.240. What is the network IP address of this interface?  &lt;br /&gt;• 10.0.0.0  &lt;br /&gt;• 10.172.0.0  &lt;br /&gt;• 10.172.192.0  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 10.172.192.160&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 10.172.192.168  &lt;br /&gt;• 10.172.192.175  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;3. Examine the graphic with current configurations. The New York Offices of ABC Company recently upgraded the computers in the administrative office. Shortly after the upgrade, Host A in the clerical office failed and was replaced with one of the retired administrative office computers. However, the computer can not access the company network in the new location. What is the likely cause of this network access issue for Host A?  &lt;br /&gt;• MAC address incorrectly entered  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• default gateway incorrectly entered&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• subnet mask incorrectly entered  &lt;br /&gt;• IP address incorrectly entered  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;4. Which of the following increases the potential for a collision to occur?  &lt;br /&gt;• the use of an active hub instead of an intelligent hub  &lt;br /&gt;• the use of an intelligent hub instead of an active hub  &lt;br /&gt;• a reduction in the number of devices attached to the hub  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• an increase in the number of devices attached to the hub • &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;5. What is attenuation?  &lt;br /&gt;• opposition to the flow of current  &lt;br /&gt;• measurement of electrical signals relative to time  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• degradation of a signal as it travels along the medium&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• amount or volume of traffic that is flowing on the medium  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;6. Two peer hosts are running applications that exchange data using UDP. During the current session, a datagram fails to arrive at the destination. What is true concerning the retransmission of the datagram?  &lt;br /&gt;• Datagram retransmission occurs when the retransmission timer expires in the source host.  &lt;br /&gt;• Datagram retransmission occurs when the retransmission timer expires in the destination host.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• Datagram retransmission is controlled by the application layer protocol.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Datagram retransmission involves only the data with sequence numbers equal to or higher than the sequence number of the current datagram.  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;7. What is significant about the ping 127.0.0.1 command?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• It verifies the operation of the TCP/IP protocol stack on a host and is called an internal loopback test.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• It verifies connection to the remote host with the IP address 127.0.0.1.  &lt;br /&gt;• It verifies whether the router that connects the local network to other networks can be reached.  &lt;br /&gt;• It verifies the route packets take between the local host and the host with the IP address 127.0.0.1.  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;8. Which LAN switching mode has the highest latency?  &lt;br /&gt;• fast forward  &lt;br /&gt;• fragment-free  &lt;br /&gt;• latency forwarding  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• store-and-forward&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;9. Which of the following application layer protocols use UDP segments? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• DNS&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• FTP  &lt;br /&gt;• Telnet  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• TFTP&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• SMTP  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;10. Which cable specifications are indicated by 100BASE-T?  &lt;br /&gt;• 100-Mbps transmission speed, baseband signal, coaxial cable  &lt;br /&gt;• 100-Mbps transmission speed, broadband signal, twisted-pair cable  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 100-Mbps transmission speed, baseband signal, twisted-pair cable&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Equal to 10-Gbps transmission speed, baseband signal, twisted-pair cable  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;11. When is a crossover cable used in a network?  &lt;br /&gt;• when connecting a host to the router console port  &lt;br /&gt;• when connecting a host to a switch  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• when connecting a host to a host&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• when connecting a switch to a router  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;12. Refer to the graphic. What must be configured on Host A to allow it communicate with the e-mail server? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• IP address • &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• subnet mask • &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• default gateway • &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• router name  &lt;br /&gt;• switch name  &lt;br /&gt;• NetBIOS name address  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;13. Which cable diagram displays the end to end pinout for a crossover cable used with Cisco devices?  &lt;br /&gt;• Cable A  &lt;br /&gt;• Cable B  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• Cable C&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Cable D  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;14. Which type of address is 192.168.17.134/29?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• host address&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• network address  &lt;br /&gt;• broadcast address  &lt;br /&gt;• multicast address  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;15. How many collision domains are shown in the diagram?  &lt;br /&gt;• three  &lt;br /&gt;• four  &lt;br /&gt;• five  &lt;br /&gt;• six  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• seven&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• eight  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;16. When is a straight-through cable used in a network?  &lt;br /&gt;• when connecting a router through the console port  &lt;br /&gt;• when connecting one switch to another switch  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• when connecting a host to a switch&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• when connecting a router to another router  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;17. How does network cable length affect attenuation?  &lt;br /&gt;• Category 5 cable that is run in metal conduit has the highest attenuation in the shortest distance.  &lt;br /&gt;• Shorter cable lengths have greater signal attenuation.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• Longer cable lengths have greater signal attenuation.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• The length of the cable has no effect on signal attenuation.  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;18. Which of the following statements are correct about CSMA/CD? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• It is a media access method used in LANs. • &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• It is a media access method used in FDDI WANs.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• When a device needs to transmit, it checks to see if the media is available. • &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• A device sends data without checking media availability because all devices have equal access.  &lt;br /&gt;• Multiple devices can successfully transmit simultaneously.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• Only one device can successfully transmit at a time.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;19. Which of the following must be present for current to flow? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• closed loop&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• bit-generating device  &lt;br /&gt;• insulating material  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• source of voltage&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• load&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• switch  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;20. If Host A pings Host B through a newly installed switch with no entries in the MAC address table, which stations will receive the ping packet?  &lt;br /&gt;• B only  &lt;br /&gt;• A and B  &lt;br /&gt;• B and switch  &lt;br /&gt;• A, B, and switch  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• B, C, D, and switch • &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• A, B, C, D, and switch  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;21. Which devices shown in the graphic must have a MAC address?  &lt;br /&gt;• only PC  &lt;br /&gt;• only router  &lt;br /&gt;• PC and router  &lt;br /&gt;• PC, hub, and router  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• PC, printer, and router&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;22. What kind of connection is represented in the graphic?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• console connection&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Ethernet connection  &lt;br /&gt;• ISDN connection  &lt;br /&gt;• leased line connection  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;23. Which of the following is the decimal representation of the binary number 11010011?  &lt;br /&gt;• 203  &lt;br /&gt;• 204  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 211&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 212  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;24. Which type of cable is required to make a connection between a router console port and a PC COM port?  &lt;br /&gt;• straight-through cable  &lt;br /&gt;• crossover cable  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• rollover cable&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• DB-9 cable  &lt;br /&gt;• coaxial cable  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;25. Determine the number of useable networks and hosts for the IP address 192.168.50.0/27  &lt;br /&gt;• 4 networks / 62 hosts  &lt;br /&gt;• 6 networks / 64 hosts  &lt;br /&gt;• 32 networks / 8 hosts  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 6 networks / 30 hosts&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 8 networks / 32 hosts  &lt;br /&gt;• 2 networks / 8 hosts  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;26. A network administrator is placing an older router back in to service. The administrator discovered that the IOS and configuration files need to be updated to meet the LAN specifications. Which application layer protocol is used to transfer the new configuration files into the router memory?  &lt;br /&gt;• SNMP  &lt;br /&gt;• SMTP  &lt;br /&gt;• HTTP  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• TFTP&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;27. Which of the following best describes Spanning Tree Protocol?  &lt;br /&gt;• It enables a network to span across multiple physical segments.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• It enables a switch to eliminate switching loops.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• It enables a switch to dynamically choose the best switch mode.  &lt;br /&gt;• It enables a switch to perform as a router.  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;28. Which of the following subnet masks could be used when subnetting a Class B IP address? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• 255.0.0.0  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 255.255.0.0&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 255.192.255.0  &lt;br /&gt;• 255.224.0.0  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 255.255.252.0&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.128  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;29. How is data encapsulated as it is moved down the OSI model?  &lt;br /&gt;• data, segments, frames, packets, bits  &lt;br /&gt;• data, packets, segments, frames, bits  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• data, segments, packets, frames, bits&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• data, packets, frames, segments, bits  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;30. Which of the following describes latency?  &lt;br /&gt;• the noise generated from outside a cable  &lt;br /&gt;• the degradation of a signal as it travels along the media  &lt;br /&gt;• the time required for a NIC to place a frame on the network media  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• the delay between the time a frame leaves its source device and reaches its destination&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;31. Which of the following is the binary representation of the decimal number 111?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 01101111&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 01111101  &lt;br /&gt;• 11110111  &lt;br /&gt;• 11101101  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;32. Which LAN switching mode begins switching after reading only the first 64 bytes of the frame?  &lt;br /&gt;• fast forward  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• fragment-free&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• latency forwarding  &lt;br /&gt;• store-and-forward  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;33. When using Category 5 UTP cable, which RJ-45 pin pairs are used to exchange data between hosts on an Ethernet network?  &lt;br /&gt;• 1 and 2; 4 and 5  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 1 and 2; 3 and 6 • &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 3 and 6; 7 and 8  &lt;br /&gt;• 4 and 5; 7 and 8  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;34. Which of the following commands could be used on a Windows-based computer to view the current IP configuration of the system? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• configip  &lt;br /&gt;• ifconfig  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• ipconfig&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• winipcfg&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• winipconfig  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;35. Which type of address is 192.168.17.111/28?  &lt;br /&gt;• host address  &lt;br /&gt;• network address  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• broadcast address&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• multicast address  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;36. Which of the following networking devices increase the number of collision domains? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• switch&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• hub  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• router&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;repeater  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• bridge&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;37. What information can be determined from the MAC addresses of PC1, PC2, and PC3, as shown in the graphic? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• PC1 and PC2 NICs need to be replaced because they have the same OUI identifier.  &lt;br /&gt;• PC2 and PC3 NICs need to be replaced because they have different OUI identifiers.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• PC1 and PC2 NICs are from the same vendor.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• PC1 and PC3 NICs need to be replaced because they have the same vendor-assigned address.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• PC2 and PC3 NICs are from different vendors.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• PC2 and PC3 NICs are from the same vendor.  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;38. Which of the following are considered WAN technologies? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• DSL&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Ethernet  &lt;br /&gt;• Wireless Ethernet  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• T1-Carrier&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Token Ring  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;39. which one of the router connectors shown in the graphic would be used for a LAN connection?  &lt;br /&gt;• Connector A  &lt;br /&gt;• Connector B  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• Connector C&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Connector D  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;40. How is full-duplex capability typically achieved in fiber-optic cable?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• Two fibers are encased in separate sheaths.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Light is bounced at different rates in opposite directions.  &lt;br /&gt;• Transmit speeds are so high that half-duplex is acceptable.  &lt;br /&gt;• Colors of the light spectrum are separated into transmit and receive streams.  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;41. Which of the following are characteristics of IP? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;• connection-oriented protocol  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• connectionless protocol• &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• reliable protocol  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• unreliable protocol • &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• routed protocol • &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• routing protocol  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;42. Which of the following describe the token-passing logical topology? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• FDDI is an example of a token-passing network.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Token-passing logical topologies must also be physical ring topologies.  &lt;br /&gt;• One of the disadvantages of the token-passing logical topology is the high collision rate.  &lt;br /&gt;• Computers transmit data after &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; to the wire to detect other traffic.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• Computers are allowed to transmit data only when they possess a token.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;43. What is the maximum length of a media segment used for 100BASE-TX?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 100 meters&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 185 meters  &lt;br /&gt;• 400 meters  &lt;br /&gt;• 500 meters  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;44. which of the following networking devices divide a network into separate collision domains? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• repeater  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• bridge&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• switch&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• AUI  &lt;br /&gt;• hub  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;45. Which of the following are characteristics of UTP cable? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• Each wire is covered by insulating material.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• It is not affected by EMI or RFI.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• It is a four-pair wire medium.• &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• It is difficult to terminate the cable.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• It relies on the cancellation effect produced by the twisted wire pairs.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• It is more expensive than any other type of LAN cabling.  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;46. Examine the graphic with current configurations. Host A in the Clerical offices failed and was replaced. Although a ping to 127.0.0.1 was successful, the replacement computer can not access the company network. What is the likely cause of the problem?  &lt;br /&gt;IP address incorrectly entered  &lt;br /&gt;network cables unplugged  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• subnet mask incorrectly entered&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;network card failure  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;47. Which of the following describes a physical full-mesh topology?  &lt;br /&gt;• It requires termination at both ends of the cable.  &lt;br /&gt;• It uses a hub or a switch as a central point to connect all wires.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• It provides maximum connectivity between all network systems.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• It links all computers to a main computer that controls all traffic on the network.  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;48. Which two statements describe the TFTP protocol? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• uses authenticated file transfer procedure  &lt;br /&gt;• provides connection-oriented service  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• provides connectionless service&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• provides more features that FTP  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• lacks most of the features of FTP&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;49. Which of the following are transport layer protocols of the TCP/IP model? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• FTP  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• UDP&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• SMTP  &lt;br /&gt;• TFTP  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• TCP&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;50. Which type of UTP network cable connects two Cisco switches?  &lt;br /&gt;• straight-through  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• crossover&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• rollover  &lt;br /&gt;• patch  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;51. How will the MAIN router dynamically learn a route to the 10.16.10.48/28 subnetwork in the diagram?  &lt;br /&gt;• with a routed protocol  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• with a routing protocol&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• with a static route  &lt;br /&gt;• with a directly connected route  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;52. Which of the following describes the RIP version 1 routing protocol?  &lt;br /&gt;• Cisco proprietary hybrid protocol  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• distance vector protocol that uses hop count as the only metric • &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• link state protocol supporting multiple routed protocols  &lt;br /&gt;• distance vector protocol that uses delay, bandwidth, load, and reliability metrics  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;53. How many broadcast domains are shown in the diagram?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• three&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• four  &lt;br /&gt;• five  &lt;br /&gt;• six  &lt;br /&gt;• seven  &lt;br /&gt;• eight  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;54. Which of the following are advantages of UTP cable? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• less expensive than fiber optic&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• flexible and easy to run in a building&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• distance between signal boosts is longer than it is for coaxial  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• transmits data at a faster rate than any copper-based media&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• receives less RMF and EMI interference than other types  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;Which of the following devices extend a collision domain? (choose 2)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• -hub&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• -repeater&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-5466059377675141017?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/5466059377675141017/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=5466059377675141017' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/5466059377675141017'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/5466059377675141017'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-1-module-final-exam-answersa_17.html' title='CCNA 1 - Module Final Exam Answers(A) Version 3.1'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-8236745770347577566</id><published>2008-12-17T01:00:00.000+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:37:20.429+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA1-Version 3.1'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Networking Basics'/><title type='text'>CCNA 1 - Module Final Exam Answers(A) Version 3.1</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0,0,153)"&gt;CCNA 1 Networking Basics - FINAL Exam Answers (A)&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;1. Which of the following OSI layers offers reliable, connection-oriented data communication services?  &lt;br /&gt;• application  &lt;br /&gt;• presentation  &lt;br /&gt;• session  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• transport&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• network  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;2. Router interface Ethernet 0 has been assigned the IP address 10.172.192.168 255.255.255.240. What is the network IP address of this interface?  &lt;br /&gt;• 10.0.0.0  &lt;br /&gt;• 10.172.0.0  &lt;br /&gt;• 10.172.192.0  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 10.172.192.160&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 10.172.192.168  &lt;br /&gt;• 10.172.192.175  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;3. Examine the graphic with current configurations. The New York Offices of ABC Company recently upgraded the computers in the administrative office. Shortly after the upgrade, Host A in the clerical office failed and was replaced with one of the retired administrative office computers. However, the computer can not access the company network in the new location. What is the likely cause of this network access issue for Host A?  &lt;br /&gt;• MAC address incorrectly entered  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• default gateway incorrectly entered&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• subnet mask incorrectly entered  &lt;br /&gt;• IP address incorrectly entered  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;4. Which of the following increases the potential for a collision to occur?  &lt;br /&gt;• the use of an active hub instead of an intelligent hub  &lt;br /&gt;• the use of an intelligent hub instead of an active hub  &lt;br /&gt;• a reduction in the number of devices attached to the hub  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• an increase in the number of devices attached to the hub • &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;5. What is attenuation?  &lt;br /&gt;• opposition to the flow of current  &lt;br /&gt;• measurement of electrical signals relative to time  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• degradation of a signal as it travels along the medium&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• amount or volume of traffic that is flowing on the medium  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;6. Two peer hosts are running applications that exchange data using UDP. During the current session, a datagram fails to arrive at the destination. What is true concerning the retransmission of the datagram?  &lt;br /&gt;• Datagram retransmission occurs when the retransmission timer expires in the source host.  &lt;br /&gt;• Datagram retransmission occurs when the retransmission timer expires in the destination host.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• Datagram retransmission is controlled by the application layer protocol.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Datagram retransmission involves only the data with sequence numbers equal to or higher than the sequence number of the current datagram.  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;7. What is significant about the ping 127.0.0.1 command?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• It verifies the operation of the TCP/IP protocol stack on a host and is called an internal loopback test.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• It verifies connection to the remote host with the IP address 127.0.0.1.  &lt;br /&gt;• It verifies whether the router that connects the local network to other networks can be reached.  &lt;br /&gt;• It verifies the route packets take between the local host and the host with the IP address 127.0.0.1.  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;8. Which LAN switching mode has the highest latency?  &lt;br /&gt;• fast forward  &lt;br /&gt;• fragment-free  &lt;br /&gt;• latency forwarding  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• store-and-forward&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;9. Which of the following application layer protocols use UDP segments? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• DNS&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• FTP  &lt;br /&gt;• Telnet  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• TFTP&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• SMTP  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;10. Which cable specifications are indicated by 100BASE-T?  &lt;br /&gt;• 100-Mbps transmission speed, baseband signal, coaxial cable  &lt;br /&gt;• 100-Mbps transmission speed, broadband signal, twisted-pair cable  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 100-Mbps transmission speed, baseband signal, twisted-pair cable&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Equal to 10-Gbps transmission speed, baseband signal, twisted-pair cable  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;11. When is a crossover cable used in a network?  &lt;br /&gt;• when connecting a host to the router console port  &lt;br /&gt;• when connecting a host to a switch  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• when connecting a host to a host&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• when connecting a switch to a router  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;12. Refer to the graphic. What must be configured on Host A to allow it communicate with the e-mail server? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• IP address • &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• subnet mask • &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• default gateway • &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• router name  &lt;br /&gt;• switch name  &lt;br /&gt;• NetBIOS name address  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;13. Which cable diagram displays the end to end pinout for a crossover cable used with Cisco devices?  &lt;br /&gt;• Cable A  &lt;br /&gt;• Cable B  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• Cable C&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Cable D  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;14. Which type of address is 192.168.17.134/29?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• host address&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• network address  &lt;br /&gt;• broadcast address  &lt;br /&gt;• multicast address  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;15. How many collision domains are shown in the diagram?  &lt;br /&gt;• three  &lt;br /&gt;• four  &lt;br /&gt;• five  &lt;br /&gt;• six  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• seven&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• eight  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;16. When is a straight-through cable used in a network?  &lt;br /&gt;• when connecting a router through the console port  &lt;br /&gt;• when connecting one switch to another switch  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• when connecting a host to a switch&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• when connecting a router to another router  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;17. How does network cable length affect attenuation?  &lt;br /&gt;• Category 5 cable that is run in metal conduit has the highest attenuation in the shortest distance.  &lt;br /&gt;• Shorter cable lengths have greater signal attenuation.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• Longer cable lengths have greater signal attenuation.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• The length of the cable has no effect on signal attenuation.  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;18. Which of the following statements are correct about CSMA/CD? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• It is a media access method used in LANs. • &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• It is a media access method used in FDDI WANs.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• When a device needs to transmit, it checks to see if the media is available. • &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• A device sends data without checking media availability because all devices have equal access.  &lt;br /&gt;• Multiple devices can successfully transmit simultaneously.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• Only one device can successfully transmit at a time.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;19. Which of the following must be present for current to flow? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• closed loop&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• bit-generating device  &lt;br /&gt;• insulating material  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• source of voltage&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• load&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• switch  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;20. If Host A pings Host B through a newly installed switch with no entries in the MAC address table, which stations will receive the ping packet?  &lt;br /&gt;• B only  &lt;br /&gt;• A and B  &lt;br /&gt;• B and switch  &lt;br /&gt;• A, B, and switch  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• B, C, D, and switch • &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• A, B, C, D, and switch  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;21. Which devices shown in the graphic must have a MAC address?  &lt;br /&gt;• only PC  &lt;br /&gt;• only router  &lt;br /&gt;• PC and router  &lt;br /&gt;• PC, hub, and router  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• PC, printer, and router&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;22. What kind of connection is represented in the graphic?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• console connection&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Ethernet connection  &lt;br /&gt;• ISDN connection  &lt;br /&gt;• leased line connection  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;23. Which of the following is the decimal representation of the binary number 11010011?  &lt;br /&gt;• 203  &lt;br /&gt;• 204  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 211&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 212  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;24. Which type of cable is required to make a connection between a router console port and a PC COM port?  &lt;br /&gt;• straight-through cable  &lt;br /&gt;• crossover cable  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• rollover cable&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• DB-9 cable  &lt;br /&gt;• coaxial cable  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;25. Determine the number of useable networks and hosts for the IP address 192.168.50.0/27  &lt;br /&gt;• 4 networks / 62 hosts  &lt;br /&gt;• 6 networks / 64 hosts  &lt;br /&gt;• 32 networks / 8 hosts  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 6 networks / 30 hosts&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 8 networks / 32 hosts  &lt;br /&gt;• 2 networks / 8 hosts  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;26. A network administrator is placing an older router back in to service. The administrator discovered that the IOS and configuration files need to be updated to meet the LAN specifications. Which application layer protocol is used to transfer the new configuration files into the router memory?  &lt;br /&gt;• SNMP  &lt;br /&gt;• SMTP  &lt;br /&gt;• HTTP  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• TFTP&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;27. Which of the following best describes Spanning Tree Protocol?  &lt;br /&gt;• It enables a network to span across multiple physical segments.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• It enables a switch to eliminate switching loops.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• It enables a switch to dynamically choose the best switch mode.  &lt;br /&gt;• It enables a switch to perform as a router.  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;28. Which of the following subnet masks could be used when subnetting a Class B IP address? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• 255.0.0.0  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 255.255.0.0&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 255.192.255.0  &lt;br /&gt;• 255.224.0.0  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 255.255.252.0&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.128  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;29. How is data encapsulated as it is moved down the OSI model?  &lt;br /&gt;• data, segments, frames, packets, bits  &lt;br /&gt;• data, packets, segments, frames, bits  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• data, segments, packets, frames, bits&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• data, packets, frames, segments, bits  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;30. Which of the following describes latency?  &lt;br /&gt;• the noise generated from outside a cable  &lt;br /&gt;• the degradation of a signal as it travels along the media  &lt;br /&gt;• the time required for a NIC to place a frame on the network media  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• the delay between the time a frame leaves its source device and reaches its destination&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;31. Which of the following is the binary representation of the decimal number 111?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 01101111&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 01111101  &lt;br /&gt;• 11110111  &lt;br /&gt;• 11101101  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;32. Which LAN switching mode begins switching after reading only the first 64 bytes of the frame?  &lt;br /&gt;• fast forward  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• fragment-free&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• latency forwarding  &lt;br /&gt;• store-and-forward  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;33. When using Category 5 UTP cable, which RJ-45 pin pairs are used to exchange data between hosts on an Ethernet network?  &lt;br /&gt;• 1 and 2; 4 and 5  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 1 and 2; 3 and 6 • &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 3 and 6; 7 and 8  &lt;br /&gt;• 4 and 5; 7 and 8  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;34. Which of the following commands could be used on a Windows-based computer to view the current IP configuration of the system? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• configip  &lt;br /&gt;• ifconfig  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• ipconfig&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• winipcfg&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• winipconfig  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;35. Which type of address is 192.168.17.111/28?  &lt;br /&gt;• host address  &lt;br /&gt;• network address  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• broadcast address&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• multicast address  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;36. Which of the following networking devices increase the number of collision domains? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• switch&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• hub  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• router&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;repeater  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• bridge&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;37. What information can be determined from the MAC addresses of PC1, PC2, and PC3, as shown in the graphic? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• PC1 and PC2 NICs need to be replaced because they have the same OUI identifier.  &lt;br /&gt;• PC2 and PC3 NICs need to be replaced because they have different OUI identifiers.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• PC1 and PC2 NICs are from the same vendor.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• PC1 and PC3 NICs need to be replaced because they have the same vendor-assigned address.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• PC2 and PC3 NICs are from different vendors.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• PC2 and PC3 NICs are from the same vendor.  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;38. Which of the following are considered WAN technologies? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• DSL&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Ethernet  &lt;br /&gt;• Wireless Ethernet  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• T1-Carrier&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Token Ring  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;39. which one of the router connectors shown in the graphic would be used for a LAN connection?  &lt;br /&gt;• Connector A  &lt;br /&gt;• Connector B  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• Connector C&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Connector D  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;40. How is full-duplex capability typically achieved in fiber-optic cable?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• Two fibers are encased in separate sheaths.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Light is bounced at different rates in opposite directions.  &lt;br /&gt;• Transmit speeds are so high that half-duplex is acceptable.  &lt;br /&gt;• Colors of the light spectrum are separated into transmit and receive streams.  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;41. Which of the following are characteristics of IP? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;• connection-oriented protocol  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• connectionless protocol• &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• reliable protocol  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• unreliable protocol • &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• routed protocol • &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• routing protocol  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;42. Which of the following describe the token-passing logical topology? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• FDDI is an example of a token-passing network.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Token-passing logical topologies must also be physical ring topologies.  &lt;br /&gt;• One of the disadvantages of the token-passing logical topology is the high collision rate.  &lt;br /&gt;• Computers transmit data after &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; to the wire to detect other traffic.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• Computers are allowed to transmit data only when they possess a token.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;43. What is the maximum length of a media segment used for 100BASE-TX?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• 100 meters&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• 185 meters  &lt;br /&gt;• 400 meters  &lt;br /&gt;• 500 meters  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;44. which of the following networking devices divide a network into separate collision domains? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• repeater  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• bridge&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• switch&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• AUI  &lt;br /&gt;• hub  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;45. Which of the following are characteristics of UTP cable? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• Each wire is covered by insulating material.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• It is not affected by EMI or RFI.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• It is a four-pair wire medium.• &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• It is difficult to terminate the cable.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• It relies on the cancellation effect produced by the twisted wire pairs.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• It is more expensive than any other type of LAN cabling.  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;46. Examine the graphic with current configurations. Host A in the Clerical offices failed and was replaced. Although a ping to 127.0.0.1 was successful, the replacement computer can not access the company network. What is the likely cause of the problem?  &lt;br /&gt;IP address incorrectly entered  &lt;br /&gt;network cables unplugged  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• subnet mask incorrectly entered&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;network card failure  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;47. Which of the following describes a physical full-mesh topology?  &lt;br /&gt;• It requires termination at both ends of the cable.  &lt;br /&gt;• It uses a hub or a switch as a central point to connect all wires.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• It provides maximum connectivity between all network systems.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• It links all computers to a main computer that controls all traffic on the network.  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;48. Which two statements describe the TFTP protocol? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• uses authenticated file transfer procedure  &lt;br /&gt;• provides connection-oriented service  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• provides connectionless service&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• provides more features that FTP  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• lacks most of the features of FTP&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;49. Which of the following are transport layer protocols of the TCP/IP model? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• FTP  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• UDP&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• SMTP  &lt;br /&gt;• TFTP  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• TCP&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;50. Which type of UTP network cable connects two Cisco switches?  &lt;br /&gt;• straight-through  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• crossover&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• rollover  &lt;br /&gt;• patch  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;51. How will the MAIN router dynamically learn a route to the 10.16.10.48/28 subnetwork in the diagram?  &lt;br /&gt;• with a routed protocol  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• with a routing protocol&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• with a static route  &lt;br /&gt;• with a directly connected route  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;52. Which of the following describes the RIP version 1 routing protocol?  &lt;br /&gt;• Cisco proprietary hybrid protocol  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• distance vector protocol that uses hop count as the only metric • &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• link state protocol supporting multiple routed protocols  &lt;br /&gt;• distance vector protocol that uses delay, bandwidth, load, and reliability metrics  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;53. How many broadcast domains are shown in the diagram?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• three&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• four  &lt;br /&gt;• five  &lt;br /&gt;• six  &lt;br /&gt;• seven  &lt;br /&gt;• eight  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;54. Which of the following are advantages of UTP cable? (Choose three.)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• less expensive than fiber optic&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• flexible and easy to run in a building&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• distance between signal boosts is longer than it is for coaxial  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• transmits data at a faster rate than any copper-based media&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• receives less RMF and EMI interference than other types  &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;Which of the following devices extend a collision domain? (choose 2)  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• -hub&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255,0,0)"&gt;• -repeater&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-8236745770347577566?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/8236745770347577566/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=8236745770347577566' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/8236745770347577566'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/8236745770347577566'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-1-module-final-exam-answersa.html' title='CCNA 1 - Module Final Exam Answers(A) Version 3.1'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-4673429169003348620</id><published>2008-12-16T12:35:00.000+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:37:22.655+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Designing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Supporting Computer Networks'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 4 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 4 - Module 8 Exam Answers  Version 4.0</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;1. Which mechanism is used to create a floating static route?    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• administrative distance&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• cost     &lt;br /&gt;• hop count     &lt;br /&gt;• passive interface     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;2. IPSec operates at which layer of the OSI model?     &lt;br /&gt;• application     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• network&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• datalink     &lt;br /&gt;• transport     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;3. Which is true regarding Frame Relay LMI?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• There are three LMI types standardized by ANSI, ITU-T, and Cisco.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Routers at each end of a Frame Relay virtual circuit must always use the same LMI type.     &lt;br /&gt;• The LMI type must be manually configured.     &lt;br /&gt;• The only function of LMI is to verify the connection between the router and the Frame Relay switch. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;4. Which statement identifies the IP address design for subinterfaces that are configured for a Frame Relay network?    &lt;br /&gt;• Multipoint configurations require the IP address of each subinterface on each router to be in its own subnet.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Multipoint configurations require IP addresses for each subinterface on each router to be a part of the same subnet&lt;/font&gt;.     &lt;br /&gt;• Point-to-point configurations require IP addresses for each subinterface on each router to be a part of the same subnet.     &lt;br /&gt;• Point-to-point configurations do not require IP addresses on each subinterface on each router.     &lt;br /&gt;• Multipoint configurations do not require IP addresses on each subinterface on each router.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;5. Which three algorithms can be used to encrypt user data in an IPSec VPN framework? (Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 3DES      &lt;br /&gt;• AES&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Diffie-Hellman     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• DES&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• ESP     &lt;br /&gt;• SHA     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;6. Which flag is set by a Frame Relay switch to inform the receiving station that congestion was experienced?     &lt;br /&gt;• BECN     &lt;br /&gt;• DE     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• FECN&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• FCS     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;7. Refer to the exhibit. The complete configuration of a Frame Relay interface on the Chicago router is shown. How does the Chicago router know which DLCI is mapped to the IP address of the remote router?     &lt;br /&gt;• DE     &lt;br /&gt;• CIR     &lt;br /&gt;• FECN     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Inverse ARP&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;8. What statement correctly defines the purpose of the split horizon rule?     &lt;br /&gt;• marks the route unreachable in a routing update that is sent to other routers     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• prevents routers from advertising a network through the interface from which the update came&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• prevents routers from accepting higher cost routes to networks previously marked as inaccessible before the timer expires     &lt;br /&gt;• limits the number of hops a packet can traverse through the network before it should be discarded     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;9. Which PVC status suggests that the router recognizes the DLCI configured on its interface as being present on the Frame Relay switch, but the PVC associated with the DLCI is not capable of end-to-end communication?     &lt;br /&gt;• active     &lt;br /&gt;• deleted     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• inactive&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• idle     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;10. Refer to the exhibit. Which router command is used to associate a Layer 2 address with the corresponding Layer 3 address?     &lt;br /&gt;• Miller(config-if)#frame-relay map ip 172.16.150.1 110     &lt;br /&gt;• Miller(config-if)#frame-relay map ip 172.16.150.1 112     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Miller(config-if)#frame-relay map ip 172.16.150.2 110&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Miller(config-if)#frame-relay map ip 172.16.150.2 112     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;11. A network administrator issued the command show frame-relay pvc. The response from the router shows the status of a PVC as deleted. What is the reason for this status?     &lt;br /&gt;• The DLCI is using the wrong LMI type.     &lt;br /&gt;• The DLCI is usable but has little activity.     &lt;br /&gt;• The DLCI is programmed in the switch but the circuit is not usable.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The DLCI configured on the CPE device does not match the DLCI.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;12. What is one benefit of using a network simulation software package?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The network design can be tested before it is actually implemented.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Simulation software packages are quickly updated to support new network technologies and devices.     &lt;br /&gt;• Simulated devices have the same features as actual devices, allowing for detection of all potential problems.     &lt;br /&gt;• Software packages can simulate all possible network traffic conditions, giving an accurate prediction of network performance.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;13. What are two components a network designer considers when planning a VPN? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• encryption algorithm for privacy and security      &lt;br /&gt;• encapsulation protocol to use when creating the VPN tunnel&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• switching technology to optimize VPN WAN throughput     &lt;br /&gt;• tunneling technology for guarding against data corruption     &lt;br /&gt;• routing protocol on the gateway for optimum performance     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;14. When identifying VPN requirements for endpoint users, what care must be taken to protect the network when remote users log in from unsecured public locations?     &lt;br /&gt;• Ensure that the user has VPN client software that allows access to all internal resources.     &lt;br /&gt;• Ensure that the VPN user traffic does not slow down internally sourced traffic on the network.     &lt;br /&gt;• Ensure that there are no obstacles to hamper the users from accessing all internal resources.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Ensure that remote users can only access network resources that are appropriate to their job function.      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/font&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;15. Which two components are key elements when implementing a VPN? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• concentration     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• encryption&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• prioritization     &lt;br /&gt;• compression     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• encapsulation&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;16. What tool can help ease the configuration of VPN servers on routers?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Cisco SDM&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• PIX Firewall     &lt;br /&gt;• Cisco VPN Concentrator     &lt;br /&gt;• Cisco Adaptive Security Appliances     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;17. What is used to identify the path to the next frame-relay switch in a Frame Relay network?     &lt;br /&gt;• CIR     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• DLCI&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• FECN     &lt;br /&gt;• BECN     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;18. Which two statements are true regarding VPN security? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• Users may only establish a VPN connection from secure locations and never from public areas.     &lt;br /&gt;• Users that connect to a network through a VPN do not have to log in to resources on the network.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Users that connect to a network through a VPN are are considered trusted users on the network.      &lt;br /&gt;• Users may establish a VPN connection from unsecure locations such as airports and hotel lobbies.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Users that connect to a network through a VPN should have access to all the resources on the network.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;19. Refer to the exhibit. What is placed in the address field of a frame that will travel from the Orlando office to the DC office?     &lt;br /&gt;• MAC address of the Orlando router     &lt;br /&gt;• MAC address of the DC router     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.1.25     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.1.26     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• DLCI 100&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• DLCI 200     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;20. Two directly connected routers are able to ping each other through the Serial 0/0/0 interfaces. A network administrator changes the encapsulation on one router to PPP, and the other is left at the default value. What statement would appear in the output of the show interfaces command issued on one of the routers?     &lt;br /&gt;• Serial 0/0/0 is up, line protocol is up     &lt;br /&gt;• Serial 0/0/0 is down, line protocol is down     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Serial 0/0/0 is up, line protocol is down&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Serial 0/0/0 is down, line protocol is up     &lt;br /&gt;• Serial 0/0/0 is administratively down, line protocol is down     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;21. Refer to the exhibit. What statement is true about the configuration shown for R2?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• R2 is configured as the Frame Relay switch.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• R2 is configured as the main site in a multipoint Frame Relay WAN prototype.     &lt;br /&gt;• R2 is configured as the main site in a point-to-point Frame Relay WAN prototype.     &lt;br /&gt;• R2 is configured as a remote site in a multipoint Frame Relay WAN prototype.     &lt;br /&gt;• R2 is configured as a remote site in a point-to-point Frame Relay WAN prototype.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;22. A company uses serial interfaces on its border router to connect to branch offices through WAN connections. The security policy dictates that the encapsulation should use PPP with authentication protocol CHAP. Which statement is true about the configuration requirement of CHAP?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Both the username and password are case sensitive.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Neither the username nor the password is case sensitive.     &lt;br /&gt;• The username is case sensitive but the password is not case sensitive.     &lt;br /&gt;• The password is case sensitive but the username is not case sensitive.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;23. Which two statements about split tunnels are true? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• Local LAN printing will use the VPN tunnel.     &lt;br /&gt;• The traffic load on the VPN server is increased.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Traffic to the corporate network will be encrypted.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• There is a reduced security risk to the corporate network.     &lt;br /&gt;• All traffic travels across the VPN tunnel from client to server.     &lt;br /&gt;• Traffic to public web sites and general Internet navigation is not encrypted.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;24. An IP address has been assigned to the S0/0/0 interface of a new Cisco router. The administrator wishes to quickly test basic connectivity with the serial interface of an adjoining Cisco router via the use of the default WAN protocol. Which WAN protocol will be used for this test?     &lt;br /&gt;• PPP     &lt;br /&gt;• Frame Relay     &lt;br /&gt;• DSL     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• HDLC&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• ATM&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;25. Which two statements about split tunnels are true? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• Local LAN printing will use the VPN tunnel.     &lt;br /&gt;• The traffic load on the VPN server is increased.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Traffic to the corporate network will be encrypted.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• There is a reduced security risk to the corporate network.     &lt;br /&gt;• All traffic travels across the VPN tunnel from client to server.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Traffic to public web sites and general Internet navigation is not encrypted.&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-4673429169003348620?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/4673429169003348620/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=4673429169003348620' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/4673429169003348620'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/4673429169003348620'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-4-module-8-exam-answers.html' title='CCNA Discovery 4 - Module 8 Exam Answers  Version 4.0'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-5208558789154668761</id><published>2008-12-16T12:33:00.000+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:37:22.612+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Designing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Supporting Computer Networks'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 4 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 4 - Module 7 Exam Answers Version 4.0</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;1. A network engineer has decided to pilot test a portion of a new network design rather than rely on a prototype for proof-of-concept. What are two advantages of pilot testing a design concept?(Choose two.)    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The test network experiences real-world network traffic.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Users within the enterprise are not affected by the test.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Network response can be tested in unplanned and unpredictable situations.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Unlikely failure conditions can be conveniently tested.     &lt;br /&gt;• Network response can be tested in a highly controlled simulated environment.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;2. While preparing a network test plan document, a network designer records all initial and modified device configurations. Which section of the document typically contains this information?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Appendix&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Test Procedures     &lt;br /&gt;• Test Description     &lt;br /&gt;• Actual Results and Conclusions     &lt;br /&gt;• Anticipated Results and Success Criteria     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;3. Refer to the exhibit. A network designer creates a test plan that includes the specification shown. In which section of the test plan would this specification be found?     &lt;br /&gt;• Test Description     &lt;br /&gt;• Test Procedures     &lt;br /&gt;• Design and Topology Diagram     &lt;br /&gt;• Actual Results and Conclusions     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Anticipated Results and Success Criteria&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;4. What OSI model Layer 2 security measure can a network engineer implement when prototyping network security?     &lt;br /&gt;• a firewall at the network edge     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• port security at the access design layer&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• port security at the distribution design layer     &lt;br /&gt;• IP access control lists at the access design layer     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;5. How do designers decide which network functions need to be included in the prototype test?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• They select the functions that align with the business goals.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• They select the functions that occur at the network core.     &lt;br /&gt;• They select the functions that do not exist in the existing network.     &lt;br /&gt;• They select the functions from a list of generic network operations.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;6. Refer to the exhibit. During prototype testing of the Cisco network shown, connectivity must be verified. Assuming all connections are working and CDP is enabled on all devices and interfaces, on which device was the command issued?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• R1&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• S1     &lt;br /&gt;• R3     &lt;br /&gt;• S2     &lt;br /&gt;• R5     &lt;br /&gt;• S3     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;7. Refer to the exhibit. During prototyping, Layer 2 functionality is being tested. Based on the output shown, which two pieces of information can be determined? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• Switch1 is the root bridge.     &lt;br /&gt;• Interface Fa0/2 on Switch1 has no role in the operation of spanning tree.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Interface Fa0/2 on Switch1 is the alternate port used to reach the root bridge.      &lt;br /&gt;• Based on the entries in the &amp;quot;Role&amp;quot; column, it can be concluded that RSTP has been implemented.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Interface Fa0/1 on Switch1 is the forwarding port selected for the entire spanning-tree topology.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;8. What Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) state is given to the forwarding port elected for every switched Ethernet LAN segment?     &lt;br /&gt;• root     &lt;br /&gt;• backup     &lt;br /&gt;• alternate     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• designated&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;9. Refer to the exhibit. During prototype testing, verification of VLAN connectivity is being performed. Based on the information shown, what command produced the output?     &lt;br /&gt;• show spanning-tree     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• show interfaces trunk&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• show cdp neighbors     &lt;br /&gt;• show interfaces     &lt;br /&gt;• show ip interface brief     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;10. Switch port Fa0/24 was previously configured as a trunk, but now it is to be used to connect a host to the network. How should the network administrator reconfigure switch port Fa0/24?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Use the switchport mode access command from interface configuration mode.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Enter the switchport nonegotiate command from interface configuration mode.     &lt;br /&gt;• Administratively shut down and re-enable the interface to return it to the default.     &lt;br /&gt;• Enter the no switchport mode trunk command in interface configuration mode.     &lt;br /&gt;• Use the switchport access vlan vlan number command from interface configuration mode     &lt;br /&gt;• to remove the port from the trunk and add it to a specific VLAN.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;11. Refer to the exhibit. The redundant paths are of equal bandwidth and EIGRP is the routing protocol in use. Which statement describes the data flow from Server to PC2?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• EIGRP load balances across the R3 to R1 and R3 to R2 links.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• EIGRP load balances across the R1 to Switch3 and R2 to Switch3 paths.     &lt;br /&gt;• EIGRP load balances across the Switch1 to Switch3 and Switch1 to Switch2 paths.     &lt;br /&gt;• EIGRP does not load balance in this topology.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;12. A network designer needs to determine if a proposed IP addressing scheme allows efficient route summarization and provides the appropriate amount of scalability to a design. What is useful for validating a proposed hierarchical IP addressing scheme?     &lt;br /&gt;• NBAR     &lt;br /&gt;• a pilot network     &lt;br /&gt;• a route summary     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• a network simulator&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• a physical topology ma     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;13. In the router command encapsulation dot1q 10, what does the number 10 represent?     &lt;br /&gt;• the metric used for a particular route     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• the number of the VLAN associated with the encapsulated subinterface&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• the priority number given to the device for the election process     &lt;br /&gt;• the number that must match the Fast Ethernet subinterface number     &lt;br /&gt;• the number used to program the router for unequal cost path load balancing     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;14. Refer to the exhibit. The users on the 192.168.10.192 network are not allowed Internet access. The network design calls for an extended ACL to be developed and tested. Where should the ACL be placed for the least effect on other network traffic?     &lt;br /&gt;• inbound on Fa0/0 of R3     &lt;br /&gt;• outbound on Fa0/0 of R3     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• inbound on Fa0/1 of R3&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• outbound on Fa0/1 of R3     &lt;br /&gt;• inbound on Fa0/1 of R2     &lt;br /&gt;• outbound on S0/0 of R2     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;15. Refer to the exhibit. What two measures can be taken to address the areas of weakness circled in the network design? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• Provide redundant connections to all end users.     &lt;br /&gt;• Add another core switch to increase redundancy.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Add a switch in the server block connecting the server farm to each core switch.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Add an additional switch to the DMZ and direct links from the new switch to the core switches.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Provide a redundant firewall router connecting to a second ISP, the core switches, and the DMZ.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;16. Why is it important to record baseline measurements of a prototype network?     &lt;br /&gt;• Test results show security weaknesses after the baseline tests are run.     &lt;br /&gt;• The baseline is the point at which the network is operating at its fullest potential.     &lt;br /&gt;• Baseline measurements define a point at which network traffic has exceeded the designed capabilities of the network.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Test results are compared to the baseline to see how the test conditions increase processor use or decrease available bandwidth.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;17. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator has been given the task of creating a design for a temporary classroom building that is to be set up outside an overcrowded school. In testing the prototype, it is found that the student PC cannot ping the teacher PC. All the switch interfaces are active and connected properly, as is interface Fa0/0 of the router. Given that only the commands shown have bee added to the router configuration, what is the source of the problem?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The IP settings on the student PC are incorrect.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The default gateway on the teacher PC is misconfigured.     &lt;br /&gt;• The router Fa0/0 interface has not been configured as a VLAN trunk.     &lt;br /&gt;• The Fa0/0 physical interface has not been configured with an IP address and subnet mask.     &lt;br /&gt;• The administrator forgot to configure a routing protocol to allow the ping packets to reach the teacher PC subnet.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;18. Refer to the exhibit. Why are interfaces Fa0/11, Fa0/23, and Fa0/24 not shown in this switch output?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Interfaces Fa0/11, Fa0/23, and Fa0/24 are trunks.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Interfaces Fa0/11, Fa0/23, and Fa0/24 are shutdown.     &lt;br /&gt;• Interfaces Fa0/11, Fa0/23, and Fa0/24 are blocking.     &lt;br /&gt;• Interfaces Fa0/11, Fa0/23, and Fa0/24 failed diagnostics     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;19. Refer to the exhibit. A network technician is performing an initial installation of a new switch in the east wing. The technician removes the switch from the box, makes the connections to the network, and adds the configuration shown. The technician notifies the network administrator that the switch has been installed. When the network administrator at the home office attempts to telnet to the switch from host 192.168.0.1, the connection fails. What action should the network technician take?     &lt;br /&gt;• Add an enable password to the switch.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Add a default gateway to the switch configuration.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Configure the switch with an IP access list to permit the host connection.     &lt;br /&gt;• Enable the physical interfaces of the switch with the no shutdown command.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;20. Refer to the exhibit. After all the interfaces have stabilized, what is the spanning-tree state of all the enabled interfaces of SW11?     &lt;br /&gt;• discarding     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• forwarding&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• learning     &lt;br /&gt;• listening&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-5208558789154668761?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/5208558789154668761/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=5208558789154668761' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/5208558789154668761'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/5208558789154668761'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-4-module-7-exam-answers.html' title='CCNA Discovery 4 - Module 7 Exam Answers Version 4.0'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-28123916867448064</id><published>2008-12-16T12:32:00.001+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:38:44.743+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Designing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Supporting Computer Networks'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 4 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 4 - Module 6 Exam Answers Version 4.0</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;1. A network engineer researched whether there are mechanisms available to help with the transition from an IPv4 addressing structure to IPv6. What three options did the engineer find?(Choose three.)    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• A protocol translation mechanism allows communication between the IPv4 and IPv6 networks.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• A packet analyzer determines the addressing structure and converts it to the appropriate IPv4 or IPv6 scheme.     &lt;br /&gt;• New Core devices that support IPV6 must be purchased.     &lt;br /&gt;• A protocol converter changes IPv4 packets into IPv6 packets and vice versa.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• A dual-stack network design allows both IPv4 and IPv6 addressing to be used on all network devices.      &lt;br /&gt;• Tunneling allows IPv4 packets to be encapsulated so that they can traverse IPv6 networks and vice versa.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;2. When should the command no auto-summary be used?     &lt;br /&gt;• with RIP version 1, to enable classless routing     &lt;br /&gt;• with RIP version 2, to enable classless routing     &lt;br /&gt;• with RIP version 1, when discontigous networks exist     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• with RIP version 2, when discontigous networks exist&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;3. Refer to the exhibit. What must an administrator do on R3 to ensure that update packets are sent with subnet mask information?     &lt;br /&gt;• Add the commands:     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; R3(config-router)# auto-summary&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; R3(config-router)# no version 2     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Add the commands:      &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; R3(config-router)# version 2&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; R3(config-router)# no auto-summary&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Change the network statement on R3:     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; R3(config)# network 10.10.4.0     &lt;br /&gt;• Add the command:     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; R3(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 s0/0     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;4. What best describes a discontiguous network?     &lt;br /&gt;• combines several classfull networking address     &lt;br /&gt;• contains more than one route to a destination     &lt;br /&gt;• implements more than one routing protocol     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• separated from the rest of the hierarchical group by another network&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;5. Refer to the exhibit. A company has decided to add a new workgroup. If the subnetting scheme for the network uses contiguous blocks of addresses, what subnet is assigned to WGROUP3?     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.3.12/29     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 172.16.3.16/29&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.3.20/29     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.3.24/29     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.3.32/29     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;6. A network administrator is using the 10.0.0.0/8 network for the company. The administrator must create a masking scheme to support 750 users at the main office and 620 users at the remote office. What mask should be assigned to the 10.0.0.0/8 network to preserve the most addresses?     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.0     &lt;br /&gt;• /19     &lt;br /&gt;• /20     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 255.255.252.0&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• /23     &lt;br /&gt;• /21     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;7. What is another format for the IPv6 address 1080:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:1267:01A2?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 1080::1267:01A2&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 1080:0:0:0:0:1267:01A2     &lt;br /&gt;• 1080::0:1267:01A2     &lt;br /&gt;• 1080:::::1267.01A2     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;8. How many bits make up an IPv6 address?     &lt;br /&gt;• 32     &lt;br /&gt;• 48     &lt;br /&gt;• 64     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 128&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;9. After activating IPv6 traffic forwarding, configuring IPv6 addresses, and globally configure RIPng, what is the remaining step to activate RIPng?     &lt;br /&gt;• Enter the ipv6 router rip name command and then use network statements to activate RIPng on the interfaces.     &lt;br /&gt;• Enter the ipv6 router rip name command and then specify which interfaces run RIPng, which are passive, and which only receive.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Enter the interface mode for each IPv6 interface and enable RIPng with the ipv6 rip name enable command.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Enter the interface mode for each IPv6 interface and enable the multicast group FF02::9, and then activate RIPng globally using the ipv6 router rip name command.     &lt;br /&gt;• Enter the router rip command, and then activate RIPng using the version command.     &lt;br /&gt;• RIPng then automatically runs on all IPv6 interfaces.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;10. Refer to the exhibit. The IT management has determined that the new subnet for WGROUP3 needs to be broken down into four more subnets. What would the subnet mask be for the four newly created subnets within WGROUP3?     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.128.0     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 255.255.192.0&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.224.0     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.248.0     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.252.0     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;11. Refer to the exhibit. What is the first usable IP address that can be assigned to the WGROUP3 switch?     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.50.96/27     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 172.16.50.97/27      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/font&gt;• 172.16.50.98/27     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.50.99/27     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.0     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;12. Refer to the exhibit. Which set of router commands is required to turn on unequal-cost load sharing so that RTRA selects the path A-B-E and the lowest cost path A-C-E to the Internet?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• RTRA(config)# router eigrp 1      &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; RTRA(config-router)# variance 2&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• RTRA(config)# router eigrp 1     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; RTRA(config-router)# variance 1     &lt;br /&gt;• RTRA(config)# router eigrp 1     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; RTRA(config-router)# maximum-paths 2     &lt;br /&gt;• RTRA(config)# router eigrp 1     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; RTRA(config-router)# maximum-paths 1     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;13. Refer to the exhibit. Assuming that the default EIGRP configuration is running on both routers, which statement is true about Router A reaching the 2.2.2.0/24 network?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The no auto-summary command needs to be issued to disable automatic summarization.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The network 2.2.2.0 command needs to be issued to ensure that Router A recognizes the 2.2.2.0 network.     &lt;br /&gt;• EIGRP supports VLSM and automatically recognizes the 2.2.2.0 network.     &lt;br /&gt;• EIGRP does not support VLSM; therefore it cannot be used with discontiguous networks.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;14. Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator wants router RTA to send only the summarized route of 10.10.0.0/16 to RTC. Which configuration accomplishes this?     &lt;br /&gt;• RTA(config)# interface s0/0&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; RTA(config-if)# ip summary-address eigrp 101 10.10.0.0 255.255.0.0&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; RTA(config-if)# exit     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; RTA(config)# router eigrp 101&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; RTA(config-router)# no auto-summary     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• RTA(config)# interface s0/1      &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; RTA(config-if)# ip summary-address eigrp 101 10.10.0.0 255.255.0.0       &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; RTA(config-if)# exit       &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; RTA(config)# router eigrp 101       &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; RTA(config-router)# no auto-summary&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• RTA(config)# interface s0/0     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; RTA(config-if)# ip summary-address eigrp 101 10.10.0.0 255.255.0.0     &lt;br /&gt;• RTA(config)# interface s0/1     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; RTA(config-if)# ip summary-address eigrp 101 10.10.0.0 255.255.0.0     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;15. What is a good design practice when developing a hierarchical addressing scheme?     &lt;br /&gt;• Address the nodes in the Access Layer and work toward the Core Layer.     &lt;br /&gt;• Assign addresses to the Core devices before planning the addressing scheme for the server farm.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Determine where statically configured addressing will be implemented.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Determine what percentage of devices are wired and what percentage of devices are wireless.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;16. A network administrator is asked to design a new addressing scheme for a corporate network. Presently, there are 850 users at the head office, 220 users at sales, 425 at manufacturing, and 50 at the research site. Which statement defines the correct VLSM addressing map with minimal waste using the 172.17.0.0/16 network?     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.17.0.0/20 head office&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; 172.17.1.0/21 manufacturing     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; 172.17.1.0/22 sales&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; 172.17.3.0/26 research     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.17.48.0/19 head office&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; 172.17.16.0/20 manufacturing&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; 172.17.48.128/25 sales&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; 172.17.48.0/26 research     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 172.17.0.0/22 head office      &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; 172.17.4.0/23 manufacturing       &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; 172.17.5.0/24 sales       &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; 172.17.6.0/26 research&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.17.2.0/22 head office&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; 172.17.3.0/23 manufacturing&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; 172.17.4.0/26 sales&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; 172.17.4.128/25 research     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;16. How would the routes for networks 172.16.1.0/24, 172.16.3.0/24, and 172.16.15.0/24 be summarized?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 172.16.0.0/20&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.0.0/21     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.0.0/22     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.0.0/24     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;17. What two advantages does CIDR provide to a network? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• dynamic address assignment     &lt;br /&gt;• automatic route redistribution     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• reduced routing update traffic      &lt;br /&gt;• easier management of summarization&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• automatic summarization at classfull boundaries     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;18. Which statement describes MD5 authentication for neighbor authentication?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• All passwords are sent in clear text when neighbors first learn about each other.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Only the initiating router sends its password using encrypted text when it first discovers a new router.     &lt;br /&gt;• All routers send their password using encrypted text only when they first learn of each other.     &lt;br /&gt;• All routers send their password using encrypted text each time they exchange update packets.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;19. Refer to the exhibit. What are the broadcast addresses for each subnet?     &lt;br /&gt;• Admin - 172.16.31.0     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; QA - 172.16.1.127&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Development - 172.16.2.255     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Sales - 172.16.32.255     &lt;br /&gt;• Admin - 172.16.31.255     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; QA - 172.16.1.255     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Development - 172.16.3.255     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Sales - 172.16.63.255     &lt;br /&gt;• Admin - 172.16.31.255     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; QA - 172.16.1.127&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Development - 172.16.3.255     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Sales - 172.16.63.255     &lt;br /&gt;• Admin - 172.16.31.0     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; QA - 172.16.1.255&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Development - 172.16.2.255&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Sales - 172.16.32.255     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;20. Refer to the exhibit. The IT management is adding three VLANs to the wgroup3 switch. The current subnet will be broken down to support 14 hosts for each of the new VLANs. What will the new subnet mask be for these VLANs?     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.192     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 255.255.255.240&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.248.0     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.224     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.240.0     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.248     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;21. An administrator is configuring IPv6 on a router. The steps that have already been completed are:&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;1. Activate IPv6 traffic forwarding.&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;2. Configure IPv6 addresses.&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;3. Globally configure RIPng.     &lt;br /&gt;What is the remaining step to complete the activation of RIPng?     &lt;br /&gt;• Enter the ipv6 router rip name command and then use network statements to activate RIPng on the interfaces.     &lt;br /&gt;• Enter the ipv6 router rip name command and then specify which interfaces run RIPng, which are passive, and which only receive.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Enter the interface mode for each IPv6 interface and enable RIPng with the ipv6 rip name enable command.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Enter the interface mode for each IPv6 interface and enable the multicast group FF02::9, and then activate RIPng globally using the ipv6 router rip name command.     &lt;br /&gt;• Enter the router rip command, and then activate RIPng using the version command. RIPng then automatically runs on all IPv6 interfaces.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;22. Which range includes all available networks in the 192.168.8.0/21 network?     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.8.0/24 - 192.168.14.0/24     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 192.168.8.0/24 - 192.168.15.0/24&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.8.0/24 - 192.168.16.0/24     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.8.0/24 - 192.168.17.0/24     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;23. Which two are best practices for creating a new IP addressing scheme for a network? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Plan and allow for significant growth.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Assign addresses to the access layer before any other layer.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Plan the entire addressing scheme before assigning any addresses.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Begin with the access layer network summary addresses and work to the edge.     &lt;br /&gt;• Plan the addressing scheme to meet the current minimum requirement needs.     &lt;br /&gt;• Implement statically assigned addresses to all hosts in the distribution layer first.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;24. Refer to the exhibit. Which subnet will provide sufficient addresses for the Production network with minimal waste?     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.0.192/26     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 172.16.0.192/27&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.0.224/26     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.0.160/26     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.0.144/27     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;25. A network designer is implementing a new network for a company. The designer is using all new Cisco equipment and has decided to select a hierarchical routing protocol for the network. The designer wishes to minimize traffic from routing updates but also needs fast routing convergence in the event of a topology change. Also, the existing IP addressing scheme requires that the selected protocol support VLSM. Which routing protocol should be chosen?     &lt;br /&gt;• BGP     &lt;br /&gt;• RIP v1     &lt;br /&gt;• RIP v2     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• OSPF&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• EIGRP&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-28123916867448064?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/28123916867448064/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=28123916867448064' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/28123916867448064'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/28123916867448064'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-4-module-6-exam-answers_16.html' title='CCNA Discovery 4 - Module 6 Exam Answers Version 4.0'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-8975280547993831022</id><published>2008-12-16T12:31:00.001+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:37:22.447+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Designing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Supporting Computer Networks'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 4 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 4 - Module 5 Exam Answers  Version 4.0</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;1. Which rule should be followed when implementing the security requirements of a network design?    &lt;br /&gt;• Always use a common security plan for all business needs.     &lt;br /&gt;• As standard practice, lower access restrictions for users if cost is too high.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Avoid reducing security in order to add additional network capabilities.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• When possible, implement an IDS to protect users from spam.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;2. What limitations of the 2960 switch prevent it from providing the services needed in the Distribution layer?     &lt;br /&gt;• It is limited to copper connections.     &lt;br /&gt;• It does not support QoS.     &lt;br /&gt;• It does not support voice VLAN capability.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It does not support route summarization.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;3. When considering converged network designs, it is important to identify appropriate service demands. What is a concern when preparing a network design to fit this environment?     &lt;br /&gt;• business data compensation for sensitivity to noise     &lt;br /&gt;• location and placement of firewalls     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• voice-level quality of service&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• security policy requirements     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;4. Which three design requirements are implemented at the access layer? (Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• PoE      &lt;br /&gt;• VLANs&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• high-density routing     &lt;br /&gt;• packet filtering     &lt;br /&gt;• rapidly converging routing protocols     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• QoS traffic classification and marking&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;5. Refer to the exhibit. Which statement is true regarding how the ISP router filters traffic?     &lt;br /&gt;• Traffic from the 64.100.0.1 address to any destination on the Internet is denied.     &lt;br /&gt;• Traffic from any source address entering the ISP router interface s0/0/0 is permitted.     &lt;br /&gt;• Only traffic with a source address of 64.100.0.1/30 is allowed into the ISP router interface s0/0/0.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• All traffic from the 64.100.0.0/21 network can access the Internet.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Traffic from any source address can access the 64.100.0.0/21 network.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;6. Which two factors should be considered when designing a wireless LAN that provides seamless roaming capabilities? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• use of a wireless controller to manage IP addressing&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• type of routing protocols     &lt;br /&gt;• location of existing wired clients     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• coverage&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• position of MDF     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;7. What are three features of a Catalyst 2960 switch? (Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;• network layer functionality     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• redundant power availability&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• route summarization     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• SNMP      &lt;br /&gt;• switch clustering&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• inter-VLAN routing     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;8. A company lists this equipment in their network design:&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;Two Catalyst 4503 Layer 3 switches&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;One 5500 security appliance firewall&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;Two Catalyst 6509 switches&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;Two lightweight access points&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;Two Catalyst 2960 switches     &lt;br /&gt;Which two types of devices would be appropriate to use at the access layer to provide end-user connectivity? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• Catalyst 4503 switches     &lt;br /&gt;• Cisco 1841 router     &lt;br /&gt;• Catalyst 6509 switches     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• lightweight access points      &lt;br /&gt;• Catalyst 2960 switches&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;9. Which two statements are true regarding the following extended ACL? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• access-list 101 deny tcp 172.16.3.0 0.0.0.255 any eq 20&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 101 deny tcp 172.16.3.0 0.0.0.255 any eq 21&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 101 permit ip any any&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• FTP traffic originating from network 172.16.3.0/24 is denied.     &lt;br /&gt;• All traffic is implicitly denied.     &lt;br /&gt;• FTP traffic destined for the 172.16.3.0/24 network is denied.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Telnet traffic originating on network 172.16.3.0/24 is denied.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Web traffic originating from 172.16.3.0 is permitted.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;10. Which statement applies to a large network with thousands of nodes?     &lt;br /&gt;• Each wireless phone is normally in a separate VLAN for security reasons.     &lt;br /&gt;• Multiple firewalls exist throughout the access layer for maximum security protection.     &lt;br /&gt;• Firewalls cannot be implemented in the multilayer switches and routers.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Intrusion detection is more likely to be performed by a separate device rather than integrated into a switch or router&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;11. on campus. The college currently has only wired network device access. Which two devices must be incorporated into the network design to best accommodate roaming for wireless IP phones?(Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• voice VLAN capable switch     &lt;br /&gt;• autonomous AP     &lt;br /&gt;• PoE switch     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Cisco wireless LAN controller&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 2960 switch with 48 100-Mb ports     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• lightweight access points&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;12. What type of WAN service is Frame Relay?     &lt;br /&gt;• dedicated     &lt;br /&gt;• cell switched     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• packet switched&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• circuit switched     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;13. Refer to the exhibit. What is an advantage of having two links connected between the two switches shown?     &lt;br /&gt;• provides redundancy in case one of the switches fails     &lt;br /&gt;• provides connectivity to Switch1 when the link to the server fails     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• provides connectivity when one of the connections between the switches fails&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• provides power to the other switch when the other switch has lost AC power     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;14. What is the function of the access layer in the Cisco three-layer hierarchical internetworking model?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• provides QoS classification and marking&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• implements a fast-converging routing protocol     &lt;br /&gt;• uses routed interconnections between devices     &lt;br /&gt;• aggregates traffic and performs route summarization     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;15. When applying network security, what security measure should be implemented first?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• securing the network devices&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• implementing the firewalls or filters at the enterprise edge     &lt;br /&gt;• applying security to resources accessed by internal users     &lt;br /&gt;• applying ACLs to the interfaces of the routers in the internal network     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;16. What characteristic of a network supports high availability?     &lt;br /&gt;• VPNs     &lt;br /&gt;• high-bandwidth paths to servers     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• redundancy&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• wireless management     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;17. What is integrated into a Cisco IP phone to reduce the number of ports needed in the wiring closet?     &lt;br /&gt;• hub     &lt;br /&gt;• router     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• switch&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• firewall appliance     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;18. Which network design process identifies where to place access points?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• site survey&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• risk assessment     &lt;br /&gt;• scalability design     &lt;br /&gt;• network protocol analysis     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;19. Using expandable, modular network devices is a key element of what network design criteria?     &lt;br /&gt;• availability     &lt;br /&gt;• performance     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• scalability&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• security     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;20. What is a primary function of a wireless LAN controller?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• tuning each AP channel for optimal coverage&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• providing PoE to the wireless clients     &lt;br /&gt;• distributing VLAN information to the wireless clients     &lt;br /&gt;• serving as the point of connection between wireless clients and the wired LAN     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;21. What characteristic in a routing protocol allows it to support the network design criteria for availability?     &lt;br /&gt;• CIDR support     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• fast convergence&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• timed updates     &lt;br /&gt;• VLSM suppor     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;22. A network designer is evaluating the network security implementation for an organization. The designer recommends adding network security devices in front of the server farm, although network security devices have been deployed in the Enterprise Edge for two years. What type of attack can be effectively prevented with this recommendation?     &lt;br /&gt;• virus attack     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• internal attack      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/font&gt;• Internet attack     &lt;br /&gt;• phishing attack     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;23. Refer to the exhibit. The branch office needs constant access to the servers in the enterprise headquarters. Therefore, a backup Frame Relay link is added. A network     &lt;br /&gt;• administrator is configuring the routers in the branch office to make sure that when the backup Frame Relay link is used, only the traffic to access the enterprise headquarters is allowed. Which statement is true about the routing configuration on branch office edge routers?     &lt;br /&gt;• The command ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 serial 0/0 50 should be configured on BE2.     &lt;br /&gt;• The command ip route 128.107.0.0 255.255.0.0 serial 0/0 50 should be configured on BE1.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The command ip route 128.107.0.0 255.255.0.0 serial 0/0 50 should be configured on BE2.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The command ip route 192.135.250.0 255.255.255.0 serial 0/0 50 should be configured on BE1.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;24. An automobile sales company is establishing a new, small sales showroom in a downtown area. To update the inventory database, the new sales office will need a WAN connection to the headquarters that is located in the suburban area. The WAN connection should be around a 4 Mb/s connection. Which WAN service will provide the most economical approach to meet the requirement?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• DSL&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• ATM     &lt;br /&gt;• T1 line     &lt;br /&gt;• Frame Relay     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;25. A network designer is selecting a WAN technology for connections between the headquarters of an organization and its branch offices. In this context, what is one advantage of choosing Frame Relay over a T1 line?     &lt;br /&gt;• more secure     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• flexible bandwidth&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• shared media across the link     &lt;br /&gt;• efficiency with fixed length packet size&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-8975280547993831022?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/8975280547993831022/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=8975280547993831022' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/8975280547993831022'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/8975280547993831022'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-4-module-5-exam-answers.html' title='CCNA Discovery 4 - Module 5 Exam Answers  Version 4.0'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-8416042658169784408</id><published>2008-12-16T12:31:00.000+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:37:22.398+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Designing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Supporting Computer Networks'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 4 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 4 - Module 4 Exam Answers Version 4.0</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;1. In addition to the technical considerations, what other major factor is used to evaluate the success of a network installation?    &lt;br /&gt;• final project costs     &lt;br /&gt;• maintenance costs     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• user satisfaction&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• statistics describing the performance of network devices     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;2. Which two network applications are most affected by network congestion and delays? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• IP telephony      &lt;br /&gt;• live video webcasts&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• audio file downloads     &lt;br /&gt;• online banking services     &lt;br /&gt;• file archival and retrieval     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;3. What two Cisco tools can be used to analyze network application traffic? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• NBAR      &lt;br /&gt;• NetFlow&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• AutoQoS     &lt;br /&gt;• Wireshark     &lt;br /&gt;• Custom Queuing     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;4. In network design, which technology can be implemented to prioritize traffic based on its importance and technical requirements?     &lt;br /&gt;• STP     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• QoS      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/font&gt;• RTP     &lt;br /&gt;• TCP     &lt;br /&gt;• VPN     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;5. What are two characteristics of voice over IP traffic? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Voice packets tend to be small.      &lt;br /&gt;• Voice packets must be processed in real time.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Voice packets can effectively use TCP reliability features.     &lt;br /&gt;• Voice traffic can survive packet drops and retransmission delays.     &lt;br /&gt;• Voice packets must be converted to analog before being sent across the IP network.     &lt;br /&gt;• Voice packets automatically receive a higher priority value than other types of packets.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;6. What are two things that a network designer can do to determine current and anticipated network traffic flows? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Survey end users to obtain customer input.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Upgrade the Cisco IOS software in all networking devices to optimize traffic flow.     &lt;br /&gt;• Limit the analysis to host-to-server traffic because host-to-host traffic is unimportant.     &lt;br /&gt;• Run a network traffic analysis to determine which applications are in use and by whom.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Conduct an inventory of all networking devices that includes model numbers and memory configurations&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;7. A company that has a traditional telephone system wants to convert to IP telephony. Which two factors should be considered for the design? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• Digital communications systems have greater noise than analog systems when processing voice traffic.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Voice-enabled routers or a server must be used for call control and signaling.      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/font&gt;• Voice to IP conversions can cause router overhead.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Power to the phones can be supplied through properly equipped patch panels or switches.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The cost to combine voice and data VLANs can be a considerable amount.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;8. Several web and email servers have recently been installed as part of an enterprise network. The security administrator has been asked to provide a summary of security features that can be implemented to help prevent unauthorized traffic from being sent into or out of sensitive internal networks. Which three features should the security administrator recommend? (Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• firewalls      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/font&gt;• priority queuing     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• access control lists      &lt;br /&gt;• intrusion detection systems&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• DHCP     &lt;br /&gt;• 128-bit WEP     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;9. The design of an IP telephony system needs to meet the technical requirements to provide a connection to the PSTN as well as provide high-quality voice transmissions using the campus network. Which two elements directly affect the ability of the design to meet these requirements?(Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• voice-enabled firewall     &lt;br /&gt;• PoE switches and patch panels     &lt;br /&gt;• redundant backbone connectivity     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• voice-enabled router at the enterprise edge      &lt;br /&gt;• separate voice and data VLANs with QoS implemented&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;10. When implementing VoIP services, which two design considerations should be followed?(Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Confirm that network jitter is minimal.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Use TCP to reduce delays and dropped packets.     &lt;br /&gt;• Establish priority queuing to ensure that large data packets are sent uninterrupted.     &lt;br /&gt;• Disable real-time protocols to reduce queuing strategy demands.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Ensure that packet delays do not exceed 150 ms.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;11. What design strategy should be followed when designing a network that uses video on demand?     &lt;br /&gt;• implement the appropriate routing protocol to ensure that data segments arrive in order     &lt;br /&gt;• implement different QoS queues based on the type of video traffic being distributed     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• install servers to store the data in a centrally located server farm&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• configure queuing in the core routers to ensure high availability     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;12. When implementing QoS in traffic queues, what is the first step the designer should take to ensure that traffic is properly prioritized?     &lt;br /&gt;• define QoS policies     &lt;br /&gt;• define traffic classes     &lt;br /&gt;• determine traffic patterns     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• identify traffic requirements&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• identify networking equipment     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;13. Which two statements are characteristics of file transfer traffic flows? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• RTP should be used.     &lt;br /&gt;• Traffic is predictable.     &lt;br /&gt;• Packets are small in size.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Transfers are throughput intensive.      &lt;br /&gt;• Response-time requirements are low.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;14. Which two items can be determined by diagramming internal traffic flow? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• the type of ISP services needed     &lt;br /&gt;• the capabilities of end-user devices     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• the areas where network congestion may occur&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• the location of VPN servers used to connect teleworkers     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• locations where high-bandwidth connections are required&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;15. Which two traffic types are examples of external traffic flows? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• A user in the IT department telnets to the core layer router.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• A user in marketing connects to the web server of a competitor.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• A user in the IT department telnets into the access layer switch.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• A user in the services department logs in to a web-based email program.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• A user in accounting connects to an FTP server that is connected to the access layer switch.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;16. Which service can be provided by the NetFlow Cisco utility?     &lt;br /&gt;• network planning and mapping     &lt;br /&gt;• IDS and IPS capabilities     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• peak usage times and traffic routing&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• network billing and accounting application     &lt;br /&gt;• security and user account restrictions     &lt;br /&gt;• source and destination UDP port mapping     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;17. Refer to the exhibit. If ACL 150 identifies only voice traffic from network 192.168.10.0/24 and no other traffic, which queue will voice traffic from other networks use?     &lt;br /&gt;• high     &lt;br /&gt;• normal     &lt;br /&gt;• medium     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• default&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;18. Refer to the exhibit. After configuring QoS, a network administrator issues the command show queueing interface s0/1. What two pieces of information can an administrator learn from the output of this command? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• queue traffic definitions     &lt;br /&gt;• priority list protocol assignments     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• type of queuing being implemented      &lt;br /&gt;• number of packets placed in each queue&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• queuing defaults that have been changed     &lt;br /&gt;• queuing has not been applied to this interface     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;19. An analysis of network protocols reveals that RTP and RTCP are being used. What uses these protocols?     &lt;br /&gt;• IDS     &lt;br /&gt;• VPN     &lt;br /&gt;• WLAN     &lt;br /&gt;• firewall     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• real-time video&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;20. A company is considering adding voice and video to the data networks. Which two statements are true if voice and video are added? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• PoE switches must be purchased.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• More UDP-based traffic flows will be evident.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Response times will be increased even if QoS is implemented.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• QoS will most likely be implemented to prioritize traffic flows.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• VPNs will most likely be implemented to protect the voice traffic.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;21. Refer to the exhibit. Which option correctly matches the terms on top with its definition on the bottom?     &lt;br /&gt;• A=1, B=3, C=2, D=4     &lt;br /&gt;• A=2, B=1, C=4, D=3     &lt;br /&gt;• A=2, B=4, C=1, D=3     &lt;br /&gt;• A=3, B=2, C=4, D=1     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• A=4, B=3, C=1, D=2&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• A=4, B=2, C=3, D=1     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;22. A database server is configured to purge all data that is 60 days old. Ten data items that are 60 days old are to be purged. However, there is a failure halfway through the transaction, and the entire transaction is voided. What type of transaction action occurred?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• atomic&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• consistent     &lt;br /&gt;• durable     &lt;br /&gt;• isolated     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;23. What is the primary goal of QoS?     &lt;br /&gt;• classification of traffic     &lt;br /&gt;• filtering and queuing voice traffic     &lt;br /&gt;• reducing bandwidth requirements     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• providing priority service to selected traffic&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;24. Which technology provides a mechanism for implementing QoS at Layer 2?     &lt;br /&gt;• ToS     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• CoS&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• DSCP     &lt;br /&gt;• IP precedence     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;25. A customer purchases tickets online and pays using a credit card, but the system goes down before the transaction is complete. What transaction type retains a record of this transaction after the system failure so that the customer will still receive the tickets and the credit card account will be debited accordingly?     &lt;br /&gt;• atomic     &lt;br /&gt;• consistent     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• durable&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• isolated     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;26. Refer to the exhibit. The network design documents include requirements to prevent switching loops, to provide link-specific failover, and to provide Layer 3 recovery. Which two protocols would be needed to provide the support? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• HDLC     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• HSRP&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• PPP     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• RSTP      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/font&gt;• VTP     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;27. network design must minimize latency to support real-time streaming applications. Which two protocols enable control and scalability of the network resources and minimize latency by incorporating QoS mechanisms? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• RTCP&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• HSRP     &lt;br /&gt;• RSTP     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• RTP&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• RPC     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;28. Which two major differences are associated with IP telephony when compared to traditional telephony that uses a PBX? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• manages phones centrally&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• utilizes centralized call routing     &lt;br /&gt;• creates peer-to-peer relationships between phones     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• requires a separate infrastructure to support data transfer&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• requires significant manual configuration when adding, moving, or changing phones     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;29. When QoS is implemented in a converged network, which two factors can be controlled to improve performance? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• link speed     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• delay&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• packet routing     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• jitter&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• packet addressing&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-8416042658169784408?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/8416042658169784408/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=8416042658169784408' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/8416042658169784408'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/8416042658169784408'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-4-module-4-exam-answers.html' title='CCNA Discovery 4 - Module 4 Exam Answers Version 4.0'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-3389484144379674642</id><published>2008-12-16T12:30:00.000+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:37:22.350+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Designing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Supporting Computer Networks'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 4 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 4 - Module 3 Exam Answers  Version 4.0</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;1. It is important to identify the details of network sections and devices that will be affected or involved in a new design. This information is included in which section of the Network Design Requirements Document?    &lt;br /&gt;• Project Goal     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Project Scope&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Technical Requirements     &lt;br /&gt;• Current State of the Network     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;2. Which two pieces of information does the network designer need to determine if the Cisco IOS of a router requires an upgrade? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• amount of NVRAM installed     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• model number of the router&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• number of interfaces and installed HWICs     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• installed Cisco IOS feature set and version&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• error statistics for each interface     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;3. Which three pieces of information need to be considered when selecting the proper Cisco IOS version for an upgrade? (Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;• processor ID     &lt;br /&gt;• interface type     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• amount of DRAM&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• bootstrap version     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• device make and model      &lt;br /&gt;• size of system flash memory&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;4. What are two practices a network technician should follow when installing a new interface card in a router? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• Be sure the interface card faceplate does not touch the chassis rear panel.     &lt;br /&gt;• Do not tighten the captive screws until the router has been powered on and recognizes the card.     &lt;br /&gt;• Store the blank faceplate inside the card slot to be used if the card is removed.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Handle the interface card by the edges to avoid static discharge.      &lt;br /&gt;• Push the interface card into place until the edge connector is seated securely&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;5. The new serial interface card for the router arrives and the network technician reads that it is hotswappable. What does this mean?     &lt;br /&gt;• The card cannot be installed while the router is powered on because static discharge could damage the card.     &lt;br /&gt;• The card cannot be installed until the router is powered off and completely cooled down.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The card can be installed while the router is powered on if the router supports this technology.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The card is a replacement and must be installed in the same slot as the card it is replacing.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;6. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator issues the command shown to gain knowledge about a poorly documented network. Which two pieces of information can the network administrator discover from the command output? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• One connected device has router capability.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The entire network contains a total of five Cisco devices with CDP enabled.     &lt;br /&gt;• None of the directly connected network devices have been configured with an IP address.     &lt;br /&gt;• Device EDGE_2811 is connected to port Fast Ethernet 0/0 on device C3750-24_MDF.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Five Cisco devices with CDP enabled are directly connected to device C3750-24_MDF&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;7. Refer to the exhibit. Which of the three Cisco IOS images shown will load into RAM?     &lt;br /&gt;• The router selects an image depending on the value of the configuration register.     &lt;br /&gt;• The router selects the third Cisco IOS image because it is the most recent IOS image.     &lt;br /&gt;• The router selects the second Cisco IOS image because it is the smallest IOS image.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The router selects an image depending on the boot system command in the configuration.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The router selects the third Cisco IOS image because it contains the advipservicesk9 image.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;8. An administrator wants to download a new Cisco IOS software version to the local router. Which command performs this task?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• copy tftp flash&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• copy flash run     &lt;br /&gt;• copy start tftp     &lt;br /&gt;• copy flash tftp     &lt;br /&gt;• copy tftp start     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;9. Refer to the exhibit. The top of the output shows the Cisco Feature Navigator regarding a Cisco IOS image that the administrator wants to install on a router. Below it is the output from the show version command for that router. Which statement is true regarding the capacity of the router to run this Cisco IOS image?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• There is not enough DRAM and flash.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• There is enough DRAM and flash.     &lt;br /&gt;• There is enough DRAM but not enough flash.     &lt;br /&gt;• There is enough flash but not enough DRAM.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;10. Which two items are objectives of a WLAN design site survey? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• identify coverage areas      &lt;br /&gt;• determine primary AP locations&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• determine what AP equipment should be purchased     &lt;br /&gt;• determine how many users will access the WLAN     &lt;br /&gt;• identify the bottleneck of the LAN infrastructure     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;11. Refer to the exhibit. Which two actions improve the weaknesses of the topology shown, assuming that each access layer segment is in its own subnet? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Implement redundant links to each server by adding additional NICs.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Implement a reduntant link from all access layer switches to Admin, Dist, and Server Farm.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Implement a backup firewall with a link to a secondary ISP and implement a redundant link to the DMZ.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Implement reduntant links from the existing firewall to all access layer switches.     &lt;br /&gt;• Implement redundant links from the DMZ to Admin and Dist.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;12. A company is beginning to analyze their new Cisco IOS upgrade requirements. What is one of the router components that a network administrator must consider when selecting a new Cisco IOS version?     &lt;br /&gt;• processor type     &lt;br /&gt;• storage space in NVRAM     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• interfaces and modules to be supported&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• compatibility of the bootstrap version with the new Cisco IOS software     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;13. An employee at a company notices that the wireless signal strength indicator on his laptop fluctuates from good to low. The network administrator decides to do a site survey of that area. Which three factors need to be included in the survey? (Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;• type and model number of the WNIC of the laptop     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• number of users in the area      &lt;br /&gt;• location of the AP&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• list of MAC addresses filtered by the AP     &lt;br /&gt;• number of simultaneous applications running on the laptop of the employee     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• location of walls and filing cabinets in the office&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;14. The new network design for AnyCompany must include support of voice and video traffic. Before upgrading, the network designer checks whether the existing devices can support the new requirements. Which three items does the designer need to check? (Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;• number of routers and switches owned by AnyCompany     &lt;br /&gt;• routers that will support extra ASICs and WWICs     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• size of DRAM and flash on each device      &lt;br /&gt;• routers that will support HWICs and VWICs&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• system bootstrap version on each router and switch     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• modules supported on the loaded Cisco IOS&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;15. A new Cisco IOS version has been copied into flash from a TFTP server. When a reload is issued to upgrade the Cisco IOS, the router freezes part of the way through the loading process. What could be the problem?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• There is enough flash but not enough RAM in the router.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The new HWIC cards have not been installed yet.     &lt;br /&gt;• The TFTP server needs to be present during a reload.     &lt;br /&gt;• The new Cisco IOS should have been loaded into NVRAM.     &lt;br /&gt;• The new bootstrap version is not compatible with the original version on the router.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;16. Refer to the exhibit. A network designer has no documentation and is attempting to create a logical diagram of the network using the output from show commands. What can be determined from the output shown?     &lt;br /&gt;• The device with the ID of ISP is a router on the Internet.     &lt;br /&gt;• The attached switch is a VTP server in the Toronto domain.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The designer cannot telnet to the attached switch.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The Cisco router IOS supports enterprise-level voice and video technologies.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;17. A production router is reloaded and finishes with a Router&amp;gt; prompt. What three facts can be determined? (Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• POST occurred normally.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The boot process was interrupted.     &lt;br /&gt;• There is not enough RAM or flash on this router.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• A full version of the Cisco IOS was located and loaded.      &lt;br /&gt;• A configuration file was not located in NVRAM or from a TFTP server.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The router did not locate the Cisco IOS in flash, so it defaulted to ROM.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;18. During a site survey, the network designer noticed that people were accessing the company wireless network from the parking lot. What should be done to stop the wireless signal from radiating out into the parking lot?     &lt;br /&gt;• change the channel on the wireless AP     &lt;br /&gt;• connect the wireless AP to a firewall     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• change the type of antenna attached to the AP&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• move the wireless AP to a secure VLAN     &lt;br /&gt;• move the wireless AP to a port on a Layer 3 switch     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;19. A network design project includes a review of the existing network. What is the purpose of this phase of the project?     &lt;br /&gt;• eliminate the need for a site survey     &lt;br /&gt;• shorten the timeframe of the project     &lt;br /&gt;• lower the cost of the project by removing redundant links and devices     &lt;br /&gt;• determine if the number of applications used within the company can be reduced     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• To determine what existing network devices require upgrades to meet the new&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;20. Refer to the exhibit. Based upon the Cisco IOS file naming convention, what is represented by the value ipvoicek9 listed in the IOS filename?     &lt;br /&gt;• version     &lt;br /&gt;• file format     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• feature set&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• hardware platform     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;21. Refer to the exhibit. What two items can be determined from the output? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• R2 is a Cisco 2600 device.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• R2 has 22 MB of RAM installed.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The version of the IOS is 12.3.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Over 8 MB of NVRAM is installed.     &lt;br /&gt;• A new 36 MB IOS file can be installed on the device.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;22. During a wireless site survey, a consultant is determining the hours of peak usage and the estimated number of users in each location. The consultant is currently in what step of the site survey process?     &lt;br /&gt;• the defining of customer requirements     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• the identification of coverage areas&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• the determining of preliminary AP locations     &lt;br /&gt;• the measurement of signal strength     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;23. Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator is attempting to install a new version of the IOS on R2. Based on the exhibited output, what are two possible reasons that the transfer failed?(Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• The administrator did not enable TFTP on R2.     &lt;br /&gt;• There is not enough flash available to store the new IOS.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Connectivity between R2 and the TFTP server was not verified.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The copy command was incorrectly entered.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The administrator did not verify that the TFTP server is running.      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/font&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;24. In which section of the Network Design Requirements document would a network consulting team detail names and IP addresses of important networking components and servers, provide network diagrams and topologies, and define strengths and weaknesses of the network?     &lt;br /&gt;• network requirements     &lt;br /&gt;• project scope     &lt;br /&gt;• overall project goal     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• state of the network&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-3389484144379674642?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/3389484144379674642/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=3389484144379674642' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/3389484144379674642'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/3389484144379674642'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-4-module-3-exam-answers.html' title='CCNA Discovery 4 - Module 3 Exam Answers  Version 4.0'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-4348433807000720001</id><published>2008-12-16T12:29:00.000+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:37:22.103+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Designing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Supporting Computer Networks'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 4 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 4 - Module 2 Exam Answers Version 4.0</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;1. During an evaluation of the currently installed network, the IT staff performs a gap analysis to determine whether the existing network infrastructure can support the desired new features. At which stage of the Cisco Lifecycle Services approach does this activity occur?    &lt;br /&gt;• Prepare Phase     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Plan Phase&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Design Phase     &lt;br /&gt;• Implement Phase     &lt;br /&gt;• Operate Phase     &lt;br /&gt;• Optimize Phase     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;2. Which stage of the Cisco Lifecycle Services strategy is usually completed before an organization issues a Request For Proposal (RFP) or Request For Quotation (RFQ)?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Prepare Phase&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Plan Phase     &lt;br /&gt;• Design Phase     &lt;br /&gt;• Implement Phase     &lt;br /&gt;• Operate Phase     &lt;br /&gt;• Optimize Phase     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;3. What is the purpose of SNMP?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• to facilitate the exchange of information between devices and the NMS&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• to monitor and control managed network devices     &lt;br /&gt;• to report user logins to a monitoring station     &lt;br /&gt;• to verify traffic throughout the network and keep a log of all activity     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;4. During an analysis of a customer network, several possible opportunities for network improvement are identified. At which stage of the Cisco Lifecycle Services does this process occur?     &lt;br /&gt;• Prepare Phase     &lt;br /&gt;• Plan Phase     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Design Phase&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Implement Phase     &lt;br /&gt;• Optimize Phase     &lt;br /&gt;• Operate Phase     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;5. What provides the initial data for the Optimize Phase?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• performance monitoring&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• business goals     &lt;br /&gt;• technical goals     &lt;br /&gt;• RFP     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;6. Which two statements are true regarding the response to an RFQ?(Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• The response should be brief.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• it should strictly conform to the formatting requirements specified by the RFQ.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Only the items that the contracting company will be addressing should be answered.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The response helps the customer compare pricing with other potential contractors.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The response is more complicated than a response to a RFP.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;7. What are two disadvantages of using a bottom-up approach instead of a top-down approach to network design? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It can result in an inappropriate network design.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• A new design cannot be implemented right away.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It does not take into account the business goals of the company.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• This approach is not commonly practiced and is therefore not as well known.     &lt;br /&gt;• It requires tedious and time-consuming meetings with the customer to develop an understanding of the organization.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;8. What is a business constraint that may impact the WAN design of a company?     &lt;br /&gt;• company policy regarding specific operating systems on LAN devices     &lt;br /&gt;• current monitoring protocols implemented on end-user devices     &lt;br /&gt;• non-availability of end users during implementation     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• company policy requiring the use of specific vendor networking equipment due to partnerships      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/font&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;9. What is the purpose of preparing a business case?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• to justify the financial investment in implementing the technology change&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• to provide an example of a previous job done in the RFP     &lt;br /&gt;• to define the technical requirements of the network     &lt;br /&gt;• to define timelines and critical milestones     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;10. What is the purpose of creating a prioritized list of technical requirements?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• defines the project scope&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• determines the business profitability     &lt;br /&gt;• creates a feasibility report for analysis     &lt;br /&gt;• identifies existing and new user groups     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;11. A network engineer is analyzing the network of a potential client company to identify problems and determine whether a network upgrade or addition is needed. Which role in the sales team is this engineer assuming?     &lt;br /&gt;• post-sales field engineer     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• pre-sales engineer&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• account manager     &lt;br /&gt;• network designer     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;12. Which two statements best describe the responsibilities of an account manager? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• acts as the primary point of contact between the company and the client      &lt;br /&gt;• directs the sales teams and support personnel&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• provides technical support to critical clients     &lt;br /&gt;• selects the equipment and technologies to be used for the client solution     &lt;br /&gt;• acts as the network design lead     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;13. What is the purpose of system-level acceptance testing?     &lt;br /&gt;• To develop an installation plan for the newly designed network     &lt;br /&gt;• to train end users and support personnel on the newly installed network     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• to check that the newly installed network meets the business goals and design requirements&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• to justify the financial investment required to implement the technology change     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;14. What is a purpose of establishing a network baseline?     &lt;br /&gt;• It provides a statistical average for network performance.     &lt;br /&gt;• It manages the performance of network devices.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It creates a point of reference for future network evaluations.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• It checks the security configuration of network devices.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;15. When should a network baseline be performed within the stages of the Cisco Lifecycle Services?     &lt;br /&gt;• Prepare Phase     &lt;br /&gt;• Plan Phase     &lt;br /&gt;• Design Phase     &lt;br /&gt;• Implement Phase     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Operate Phase&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;16. What are two benefits of using a top-down approach instead of a bottom-up approach to network design? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• incorporates organizational requirements      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/font&gt;• allows for a quick response to a design request     &lt;br /&gt;• requires less time up front to create a network design     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• clarifies design goals from the perspective of applications and network solutions&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• facilitates a design by using devices and technologies that are based on previous experience     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;17. Which software component is installed on network devices that are managed through SNMP?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• management agents&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• management stations     &lt;br /&gt;• network management protocol     &lt;br /&gt;• Management Information Base (MIB)     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;18. A network engineer working for a contracting company is informed of a pre-bid meeting with a potential client. What purpose does the network engineer have for attending the pre-bid meeting?     &lt;br /&gt;• to submit request for proposal responses     &lt;br /&gt;• to discuss proposed installation and monitoring plans     &lt;br /&gt;• to perform system-level acceptance tests on the current network     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• to clarify project scope and timelines not included in the original request for proposal&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• to create a business case outlining reasons for financial investment in a network upgrade     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;19. A major corporation has decided to hire someone to upgrade their network infrastructure. A network consulting company wants the job. What document must the network consulting company obtain to learn about the business goals, the project scope, the requirements for the new network and the expected deliverables?     &lt;br /&gt;• Business Case     &lt;br /&gt;• Project Plan     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Request for Proposal&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Request for Comments     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;20. A corporation (client) wants a network upgrade and is putting out a request for services to various network consulting companies (contractors). A RFQ is required. Which statement is true concerning the RFQ?     &lt;br /&gt;• sent from the contractors to the client in response to a RFP     &lt;br /&gt;• sent from the client to the contractors along with the RFP to provide more specific technical details     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• sent from the client to the contractors in place of a RFP when the technical specifications of a project are known&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• sent from the contractors to the client outlining reasons for financial investments for the network upgrade     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;21. Which stage of the Cisco Lifecycle Services involves proactive management to identify and resolve issues before the organization is affected?     &lt;br /&gt;• Prepare Phase     &lt;br /&gt;• Plan Phase     &lt;br /&gt;• Design Phase     &lt;br /&gt;• Implement Phase     &lt;br /&gt;• Operate Phase     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Optimize Phase&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;22. Why is it important to prioritize business goals when developing network design?     &lt;br /&gt;• to ensure that the least expensive technologies are implemented first     &lt;br /&gt;• to simplify the configuration, administration, and monitoring of the newly&amp;#160; installed network     &lt;br /&gt;• to anticipate the effects of changes and growth of the business     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• to adhere to the best opportunities to contribute to the success of the business&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;23.&amp;#160; Which two items help identify business goals and priorities before a new network project starts? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• installation     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• motivation      &lt;br /&gt;• profitability&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• trustworthiness     &lt;br /&gt;• customer satisfaction     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;24. A network engineer working for ABC company is writing a response to an RFP for a network upgrade and must create an executive summary. Which statement describes the basic components of an executive summary?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• quick overview of the problem, the recommended solution, and the justification for ABC company doing the job&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• detailed description of the solution, including but not limited to, timelines, turnover schedule, warranty information, and emergency recovery information     &lt;br /&gt;• detailed description of costs including, the cost of software and hardware components, licensing requirements, labor cost, and other applicable fees     &lt;br /&gt;• multiple page document containing additional information such as detailed lists of equipment required, diagrams, company background information, and insurance coverage     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;25. In a network management architecture, which statement best describes a management agent?     &lt;br /&gt;• communication protocol used between a management station and managed device     &lt;br /&gt;• standardized database that a device keeps about itself concerning network performance parameters     &lt;br /&gt;• host with the management application loaded that is used by the administrator to monitor and configure network devices     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• software running on a managed device to collect network information and allow that device to be managed by a management station&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-4348433807000720001?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/4348433807000720001/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=4348433807000720001' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/4348433807000720001'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/4348433807000720001'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-4-module-2-exam-answers.html' title='CCNA Discovery 4 - Module 2 Exam Answers Version 4.0'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-8145460486596118230</id><published>2008-12-16T12:25:00.003+07:00</published><updated>2009-01-29T18:17:53.142+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Switching in the Enterprise'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Introducing Routing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 3 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 3 : Introducing Routing and Switching in the Enterprise</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0,102,0)"&gt;Cisco Networking Academy      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0,102,0)"&gt;CCNA Discovery 3 : Introducing Routing and Switching in the Enterprise(Version 4.0)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;ul&gt;   &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-1-exam-answers.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 3 : Module 1 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-2-exam-answers.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 3 : Module 2 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-3-exam-answers.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 3 : Module 3 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-4-exam-answers.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 3 : Module 4 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;        &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-5-exam-answers.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 3 : Module 5 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;          &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-6-exam-answers.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 3 : Module 6 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;            &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-7-exam-answers_16.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 3 : Module 7 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;              &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-8-exam-answers_16.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 3 : Module 8 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;                &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-9-exam-answers_16.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 3 : Module 9 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;                  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-final-exam-answers_16.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 3 : FINAL Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/li&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A Complete Learning Program      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;The Cisco Networking Academy Program provides skills students need to work in IT fields. The program offers Web-based content, online assessment, hand-on labs, instructor training, and preparation for industry certifications&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-8145460486596118230?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/8145460486596118230/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=8145460486596118230' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/8145460486596118230'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/8145460486596118230'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-introducing-routing.html' title='CCNA Discovery 3 : Introducing Routing and Switching in the Enterprise'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-7070044799251027852</id><published>2008-12-16T12:25:00.002+07:00</published><updated>2009-01-29T18:17:27.145+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Switching in the Enterprise'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Introducing Routing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 3 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 3 : Introducing Routing and Switching in the Enterprise</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0,102,0)"&gt;Cisco Networking Academy      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0,102,0)"&gt;CCNA Discovery 3 : Introducing Routing and Switching in the Enterprise(Version 4.0)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;ul&gt;   &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-1-exam-answers.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 3 : Module 1 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-2-exam-answers.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 3 : Module 2 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-3-exam-answers.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 3 : Module 3 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-4-exam-answers.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 3 : Module 4 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;        &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-5-exam-answers.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 3 : Module 5 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;          &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-6-exam-answers.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 3 : Module 6 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;            &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-7-exam-answers_16.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 3 : Module 7 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;              &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-8-exam-answers_16.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 3 : Module 8 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;                &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-9-exam-answers_16.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 3 : Module 9 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;                  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-final-exam-answers_16.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 3 : FINAL Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/li&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A Complete Learning Program      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;The Cisco Networking Academy Program provides skills students need to work in IT fields. The program offers Web-based content, online assessment, hand-on labs, instructor training, and preparation for industry certifications&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-7070044799251027852?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/7070044799251027852/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=7070044799251027852' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/7070044799251027852'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/7070044799251027852'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-introducing-routing_16.html' title='CCNA Discovery 3 : Introducing Routing and Switching in the Enterprise'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-4825768451670830339</id><published>2008-12-16T12:22:00.003+07:00</published><updated>2009-01-29T18:15:01.697+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Small-to-Medium Business'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Working at a ISP'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 2 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 2 : Working at a Small-to-Medium Business or ISP</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0,102,0)"&gt;Cisco Networking Academy      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0,102,0)"&gt;CCNA Discovery 2 : Working at a Small-to-Medium Business or ISP (Version 4.0)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;ul&gt;   &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-2-module-1-exam-answers.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 2 : Module 1 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-2-module-2-exam-answers.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 2 : Module 2 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-2-module-3-exam-answers.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 2 : Module 3 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-2-module-4-exam-answers.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 2 : Module 4 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;        &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-2-module-5-exam-answers.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 2 : Module 5 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;          &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-2-module-6-exam-answers_16.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 2 : Module 6 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;            &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-2-module-7-exam-answers_16.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 2 : Module 7 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;              &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-2-module-8-exam-answers_16.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 2 : Module 8 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;                &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-2-final-exam-answers_16.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 2 : FINAL Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/li&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A Complete Learning Program      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;The Cisco Networking Academy Program provides skills students need to work in IT fields. The program offers Web-based content, online assessment, hand-on labs, instructor training, and preparation for industry certifications&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-4825768451670830339?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/4825768451670830339/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=4825768451670830339' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/4825768451670830339'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/4825768451670830339'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-2-working-at-small-to.html' title='CCNA Discovery 2 : Working at a Small-to-Medium Business or ISP'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-4433555765496031337</id><published>2008-12-16T12:22:00.002+07:00</published><updated>2009-01-29T18:14:47.092+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Small-to-Medium Business'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Working at a ISP'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 2 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 2 : Working at a Small-to-Medium Business or ISP</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0,102,0)"&gt;Cisco Networking Academy      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(0,102,0)"&gt;CCNA Discovery 2 : Working at a Small-to-Medium Business or ISP (Version 4.0)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;ul&gt;   &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-2-module-1-exam-answers.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 2 : Module 1 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-2-module-2-exam-answers.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 2 : Module 2 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-2-module-3-exam-answers.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 2 : Module 3 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-2-module-4-exam-answers.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 2 : Module 4 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;        &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-2-module-5-exam-answers.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 2 : Module 5 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;          &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-2-module-6-exam-answers_16.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 2 : Module 6 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;            &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-2-module-7-exam-answers_16.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 2 : Module 7 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;              &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-2-module-8-exam-answers_16.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 2 : Module 8 Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;      &lt;br /&gt;                &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-2-final-exam-answers_16.html" target="_blank"&gt;CCNA Discovery 2 : FINAL Exam Answers&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/li&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A Complete Learning Program      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;The Cisco Networking Academy Program provides skills students need to work in IT fields. The program offers Web-based content, online assessment, hand-on labs, instructor training, and preparation for industry certifications&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-4433555765496031337?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/4433555765496031337/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=4433555765496031337' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/4433555765496031337'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/4433555765496031337'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-2-working-at-small-to_16.html' title='CCNA Discovery 2 : Working at a Small-to-Medium Business or ISP'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-5311336975562222625</id><published>2008-12-16T12:20:00.003+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:38:46.717+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Switching in the Enterprise'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Introducing Routing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 3 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 3 - FINAL Exam Answers Version 4.0</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;1. In which VTP mode can a switch create VLANs, ignore VTP messages, and not pass local VLAN information to other VTP domain members?    &lt;br /&gt;• client     &lt;br /&gt;• server     &lt;br /&gt;• pruning     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• transparent&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;2. What are two characteristics of an extended ACL? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• IP is used to specify TCP traffic only.     &lt;br /&gt;• IP is used to specify TCP and UDP traffic only.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• IP is used to specify all TCP/IP protocols including TCP, UDP, ICMP and routing protocols.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Traffic can be filtered on source address only.     &lt;br /&gt;• Traffic can be filtered on source and destination address only.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Traffic can be filtered on source and destination address, protocol, and specific port number.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;3. Which two statements are true regarding a PPP connection between two Cisco routers? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• LCP tests the quality of the link.      &lt;br /&gt;• LCP manages compression on the link&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Only a single NCP is allowed between the two routers.     &lt;br /&gt;• NCP terminates the link when data exchange is complete.     &lt;br /&gt;• With CHAP authentication, the routers exchange plain text passwords.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;4. Assuming VLSM is not being used, what impact will adding the command ip route 172.16.64.0 255.255.240.0 serial0/0 have on a router that is already operational in a network?     &lt;br /&gt;• All packets with a destination address between 172.16.64.1 and 172.16.80.254 will be forwarded out serial0/0.     &lt;br /&gt;• All packets with a destination address between 172.16.64.1 and 172.16.255.254 will be forwarded out serial0/0.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• All packets with a destination address between 172.16.64.1 and 172.16.79.254 will be forwarded out serial0/0.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• All packets with a destination address between 172.16.0.1 and 172.16.64.254 will be forwarded out serial0/0.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;5.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8JQV14KkI/AAAAAAAAAg4/evTLUwK9Gp4/8%5B8%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="265" alt="8" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8JVSbj8YI/AAAAAAAAAg8/hCRj_g65aR8/8_thumb%5B4%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network is using OSPF as the routing protocol. A network administrator issues the show ip ospf neighbor command to check the status of operation. Which statement is true?     &lt;br /&gt;• RB has the lowest priority value.     &lt;br /&gt;• RC and RD have the lowest router IDs on the network.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• RA has established adjacencies with all neighbor routers.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• RA and RB cannot form an adjacency because they are stuck in the 2-way state.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;6. A sales representative is preparing to send sensitive information to corporate headquarters from a hotel room using the Internet. Prior to the trip, the IT staff made the necessary provisions to allow secure Internet access. What solution was implemented for the sales representative?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• VPN&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Frame Relay     &lt;br /&gt;• PPP with CHAP authentication     &lt;br /&gt;• PPP with PAP authentication     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;7.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8FU9oQgUI/AAAAAAAAAew/t7MYiZFuN-4/1%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="225" alt="1" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8FYycvrpI/AAAAAAAAAe0/s1_cLiLmBjI/1_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator noticed that the VLAN configuration changes at SW2 did not propagate to SW3. On the basis of the partial output of the show vtp status command, what is the possible cause of the problem?     &lt;br /&gt;• VTP V2 mode is disabled.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• SW3 is configured as transparent mode.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The number of existing VLANs does not match.     &lt;br /&gt;• The configuration revision number does not match.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;8.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8JaHSkvdI/AAAAAAAAAhA/uCgb6vqQJuQ/1%5B9%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="316" alt="1" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8JeV83BbI/AAAAAAAAAhE/A36EMGVoqyE/1_thumb%5B5%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Because of continuing instability of one of the serial links in the OSPF network, a network administrator configures router ASBR as shown. Which two statements will be a result of this configuration? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• Traffic intended for destinations across unstable serial links will be forwarded by ASBR even when the links are down     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• A summary route of 192.168.0.0/22 will be advertised to the ISP router.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Serial links in range 192.168.0.0 255.255.252.0 will be forced into a passive state.     &lt;br /&gt;• Networks connected to the unstable serial links will be placed in an unreachable state.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Negative effects of route flapping will be reduced.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;9. Which two criteria are used by STP to select a root bridge? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• memory size     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• bridge priority&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• number of ports     &lt;br /&gt;• switch location     &lt;br /&gt;• switching speed     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• base MAC address&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;10. A company is using a Class B IP addressing scheme and expects to need as many as 150 networks. What is the correct subnet mask to use with the network configuration?     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.0.0     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.240.0     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.254.0     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 255.255.255.0&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.128     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.192     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;11.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8JhP3IzNI/AAAAAAAAAhI/mI5YI9gMQSU/4%5B7%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="178" alt="4" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8Jj-rGiFI/AAAAAAAAAhM/sdiyIx-WB2s/4_thumb%5B3%5D.jpg" width="358" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;What is the term for the value 2172416 that is highlighted in the output of the show ip eigrp topology command?     &lt;br /&gt;• feasible distance of the successor     &lt;br /&gt;• reported distance of the successor     &lt;br /&gt;• feasible distance of the feasible successor     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• reported distance of the feasible successor&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;12.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8FcwxIhCI/AAAAAAAAAe4/K4oPmOpDdI4/16%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="251" alt="16" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8Fgx-xhQI/AAAAAAAAAe8/KRAb6PpNHiw/16_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="476" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. RIPv2 is configured in the network shown. Hosts in the network have access to all internal networks but do not have Internet access. On which router should the commands, shown in the exhibit, be added to provide Internet access for all hosts in the network?     &lt;br /&gt;• R1     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• R2&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• R3     &lt;br /&gt;• ISP     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;13. What do companies gain from the services performed at the enterprise edge?     &lt;br /&gt;• faster communication with server farms     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• stronger security against malicious attacks&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• faster communication with Internet destinations     &lt;br /&gt;• enhanced performance and reliability through VLANs and redundant trunk links     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;14.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8Jnl0wOBI/AAAAAAAAAhQ/Z-1nPUHKp-E/11%5B8%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="255" alt="11" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8JrXlB5GI/AAAAAAAAAhU/0Z0KPs80VZc/11_thumb%5B4%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator wishes to deny Internet access to all R2 LAN hosts, while allowing these hosts to reach all other devices on the company networks. Where the ACL shown in the exhibit should be placed to meet these requirements?     &lt;br /&gt;• R2: Fa0/0 inbound     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• R1: S0/1/0 outbound&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• R1: S0/0/1 inbound     &lt;br /&gt;• R2: S0/0/1 outbound     &lt;br /&gt;• R2: Fa0/0 outbound     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;15.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8FkzWASHI/AAAAAAAAAfA/2X9NhETMeiA/6%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="221" alt="6" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8FosckPvI/AAAAAAAAAfE/VD5DRVS0b6E/6_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="480" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. In what sequence (from first to last) does an OSPF router check the parameters listed when selecting the DR?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• C, B, A, D&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• D, C, B, A     &lt;br /&gt;• A, B, C, D     &lt;br /&gt;• A, C, B, D     &lt;br /&gt;• B, C, A, D     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;16. What two statements are true regarding EIGRP tables? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• A feasible successor route can be found in the topology table.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• A successor route can only be found in the routing table.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The topology table shows whether a route is in the passive or active state.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The routing table shows the amount of time elapsed since a router adjacency was formed.     &lt;br /&gt;• The neighbor table shows all adjacent Cisco devices.     &lt;br /&gt;• Administrative distance is shown as a column in the neighbor table.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;17.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8Jv-4_D-I/AAAAAAAAAhY/XTvJN718CMU/10%5B8%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="288" alt="10" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8J0cjWBNI/AAAAAAAAAhc/76RkLOOYlAA/10_thumb%5B4%5D.jpg" width="440" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Assuming that all three routers are configured with the EIGRP routing protocol and sharing information, what information can be gathered from the show command output?     &lt;br /&gt;• Router B has EIGRP adjacencies with both router A and C.     &lt;br /&gt;• Router B has a fully converged topology table.     &lt;br /&gt;• Router B has not formed an adjacency with router A.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Router B has not formed an adjacency with router C.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;18. Which three statements are true about RSTP? (Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• RSTP can fall back to STP to provide support for legacy equipment.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• RSTP and STP have the same number of port states.     &lt;br /&gt;• Like PortFast and UplinkFast, RSTP is a proprietary protocol.     &lt;br /&gt;• RSTP takes up to 50 seconds to converge.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• RSTP requires a point-to-point, full-duplex connection.      &lt;br /&gt;• RSTP views all ports that are not discarding as part of an active topology.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;19.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8FqwuXh3I/AAAAAAAAAfI/7061DJOUq1g/15%5B2%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="72" alt="15" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8FtOCUs_I/AAAAAAAAAfM/spPxs2ADk14/15_thumb.jpg" width="377" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network support technician has been asked to set an IP address on one of the FastEthernet interfaces on a new router. What is causing the interface to reject the address?     &lt;br /&gt;• The IP address is already in use.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The technician is using a network address.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The technician is using the wrong subnet mask for /26     &lt;br /&gt;• The technician must enable VLSM on the interface.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;20.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8FyL-K9II/AAAAAAAAAfQ/fknZbIq2n7o/8%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="206" alt="8" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8F2GB5gCI/AAAAAAAAAfU/NXZDidcqR68/8_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="460" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator enters the command ip route 10.10.4.16 255.255.255.248 s0/0/1 into the router. What will be the result of this configuration?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• A static route pointing to 10.10.4.16/29 is placed into the routing table.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• A static route to 10.10.4.16/29 is placed into the routing table if interface FastEthernet0/1 goes down.     &lt;br /&gt;• A static route pointing to 10.10.4.16/29 is only placed into the routing table if the route to 10.10.4.0 is removed.     &lt;br /&gt;• A static route is not placed into the routing table because a RIP route that includes the destination network already exists.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;21.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8F7SJD43I/AAAAAAAAAfY/5wRZMFvx4KM/10%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="197" alt="10" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8F_OZmzAI/AAAAAAAAAfc/1Bz1tmro3L8/10_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. R1 is connected to the Internet through its serial 0/0/0 interface. Hosts on the 192.168.100.0/24 LAN on R1 cannot communicate with hosts on the Internet. What two NAT configuration issues might explain this failure? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The ip nat pool command has not been applied correctly.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The inside interface has not been defined on R1.     &lt;br /&gt;• The access list does not include the group of IP addresses that are supported by the inside network.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The ip address that is assigned to the serial 0/0/0 interface is incorrect&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The outside interface has not been defined on R1.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;22.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8J6BT1PqI/AAAAAAAAAhg/eYumGHSHHa4/5%5B7%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="298" alt="5" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8KADCp_0I/AAAAAAAAAhk/R64NXt6WywI/5_thumb%5B3%5D.jpg" width="440" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. R1 and R2 are connected via serial interfaces. Both interfaces show that there is Layer 2 connectivity between them. The administrator verifies that CDP is operational; however, pings between the two interfaces are unsuccessful. What is the cause of this connectivity problem?     &lt;br /&gt;• no set loopback     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• incorrect subnet mask on R2&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• incompatible bandwidth     &lt;br /&gt;• incorrect IP address on R1     &lt;br /&gt;• incompatible encapsulation     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;23. Which two statements describe how the information contained in a BPDU is used by a switch? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• to set the duplex mode of a redundant link     &lt;br /&gt;• to activate looped paths throughout the network     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• to determine the root bridge&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• to prevent loops by sharing routing tables between connected switches     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• to determine which ports are placed in forwarding mode&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;24. When MD5 authentication is used for OSPF routing protocol authentication, what two facts are known about the key? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• The key passes between routers in plain text.     &lt;br /&gt;• The key is used to help generate an encrypted number for authentication.     &lt;br /&gt;• The key passes between routers in encrypted form.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The key is never transmitted.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The key can be captured by using a packet sniffer.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;25.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8KEA7hrHI/AAAAAAAAAho/gWxdlpFXZEg/9%5B9%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="260" alt="9" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8KHidS6tI/AAAAAAAAAhs/vkYX3c39QK4/9_thumb%5B5%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. If router RTA fails, which statement is true?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Hosts A and B can reach each other, but cannot reach hosts C and D or the server.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• No host can reach any other host.     &lt;br /&gt;• Hosts A, B, C, and D can reach each other, but cannot reach the server.     &lt;br /&gt;• All hosts can reach each other.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;26. Which command should a network administrator issue to disable default summarization in an EIGRP network?     &lt;br /&gt;• Router(config-router)# null 0 route     &lt;br /&gt;• Router(config-if)# no ip summary-address     &lt;br /&gt;• Router(config-router)# no ip summary-address     &lt;br /&gt;• Router(config-if)# no auto-summary     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Router(config-router)# no auto-summary&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;27.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8KO4gbH1I/AAAAAAAAAhw/P0_QNhEKkiY/3%5B9%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="471" alt="3" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8KV4Z4RpI/AAAAAAAAAh0/5Pq-W_iffB4/3_thumb%5B5%5D.jpg" width="427" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Users on the 172.30.20.0/24 network are unable to access any of the servers located on the 192.168.0.0/23 network. Given the network topology and OSPF configuration, what two problems exist in this network? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• There is a routing loop occurring between all three routers.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• There is a network statement missing.      &lt;br /&gt;• Network 172.30.20.0 has an incorrect wildcard mask.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The OSPF Area configuration is incorrect.     &lt;br /&gt;• /23 is an invalid subnet mask for the 192.168.0.0 network.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;28.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GCGKGCxI/AAAAAAAAAfg/RGmAHko61nE/11%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="327" alt="11" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GE9wnegI/AAAAAAAAAfk/tZmzcpUuBmA/11_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="248" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which IP addressing scheme would be correct for the network?     &lt;br /&gt;• H1-172.18.0.10/16     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; H2-172.18.0.11/16     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; H3-172.18.0.12/16     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• H1-172.18.0.10/16      &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; H2-172.19.0.10/16       &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; H3-172.18.0.11/16&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• H1-172.18.0.10/16     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; H2-172.18.0.11/16     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; H3-172.19.0.11/16     &lt;br /&gt;• H1-172.18.0.10/16     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; H2-172.19.0.11/16     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; H3-172.19.0.11/16     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;29.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GH4hHKhI/AAAAAAAAAfo/mLTugxh4850/14%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="202" alt="14" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GKc1c9qI/AAAAAAAAAfs/MQaaOcVxPv8/14_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. An administrator is adding a new router to the network. The IP address 192.168.13.6/30 has been assigned to the connecting serial interface on R2. What IP address must the administrator assign to the serial interface of the new router?     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.13.4/30     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 192.168.13.5/30&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.13.7/30     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.13.58/30     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.13.61/27     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.13.63/27     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;30. After comparing a previous baseline to current network statistics, the network engineer has discovered a significant increase in unwarranted traffic to the extranet. Which two steps simplify administration and control the unwanted traffic? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• define an ACL at the distribution layer to isolate packets      &lt;br /&gt;• add an ACL at the router in the enterprise edge to block the traffic&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• deploy a Layer 3 switch to contain broadcasts     &lt;br /&gt;• connect remote locations directly to the intranet     &lt;br /&gt;• configure all hosts with the same default gateway to eliminate unnecessary broadcasts     &lt;br /&gt;• deploy one core ISP router to reduce the delay in path determination     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;31. Which statement is accurate about the CIR in Frame Relay?     &lt;br /&gt;• It is important to purchase a CIR that matches the highest bandwidth requirements of the enterprise.     &lt;br /&gt;• The CIR can be no lower than the port speed of the local loop.     &lt;br /&gt;• The CIR defines the contracted maximum rate available from the service provider on the Frame Relay circuit     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It is possible to burst over the CIR if bandwidth is available.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;32. A sales representative is using a wireless connection to make a VoIP call. Which protocol will be used to transport the voice packets?     &lt;br /&gt;• TCP     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• UDP&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• PPP     &lt;br /&gt;• HDLC     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;33. A network administrator wants to deny responses to ping requests. Which ACL statement denies ping responses while not affecting other traffic?     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 123 deny tcp any any eq 80     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 123 deny tcp any any eq 20     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 123 deny tcp any any eq 21     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• access-list 123 deny icmp any any echo-reply&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 101 deny tcp any any established     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;34. Why would a network administrator want to limit the size of failure domains when designing a network?     &lt;br /&gt;• to eliminate the effects of Ethernet collisions     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• to reduce the impact of a key device or service failure&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• to reduce the impact of Internet congestion on critical traffic     &lt;br /&gt;• to eliminate the need to block broadcast packets at the edge of the local network     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;35. What are two benefits of implementing VLANs in an enterprise network? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• eliminates the need for a Layer 3 device     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• provides segmentation of broadcast domains&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• allows for the propagation of broadcasts from one local network to another     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• allows for the logical grouping of devices despite physical location&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• prevents issues such as broadcast storms by ensuring a loop free environment     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;36. Which three IP addresses are valid host addresses in the 10.200.0.0/20 network? (Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 10.200.11.69&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 10.200.16.1     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 10.200.0.255&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 10.201.0.55     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 10.200.15.240&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 10.200.30.29     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;37.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GN1SMqXI/AAAAAAAAAfw/8AKFOO1Odec/5%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="299" alt="5" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GRV8Qh5I/AAAAAAAAAf0/E2_Wr0QrJxM/5_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="436" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Assuming that the RIPv1 routing protocol is enabled and that all networks are being advertised, which statement is true?     &lt;br /&gt;• All packets from H1 that are destined to H2 will arrive at H2.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• None of the packets from H1 that are destined to H2 will arrive at H2.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Approximately half the traffic from H1 that is destined to H2 will reach R3.     &lt;br /&gt;• Some of the packets from H1 that are destined to H2 will be sent to the switch that is connected to network 192.168.3.64/26.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;38.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GWwOEplI/AAAAAAAAAf4/tXx4MHZ7ilc/2%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="138" alt="2" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GapigYbI/AAAAAAAAAf8/lcnLrhde31o/2_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which route will appear in the routing table?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• R 10.10.4.0/24 [120/1] via 10.10.10.1, 00:00:12, FastEthernet0/1&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• R 10.10.4.0/24 [120/1] via 10.10.20.1, 00:00:12, FastEthernet0/0     &lt;br /&gt;• R 10.10.4.0/24 [120/2] via 10.10.20.1, 00:00:12, FastEthernet0/0     &lt;br /&gt;• R 10.10.4.0/24 [120/3] via 10.10.30.1, 00:00:12, FastEthernet1/0     &lt;br /&gt;• R 10.10.4.0/24 [120/1] via 10.10.30.1, 00:00:12, FastEthernet1/0     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;39.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8Kdn8lFwI/AAAAAAAAAh4/c2Ka1-SR9Nk/13%5B9%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="318" alt="13" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8KizVH-rI/AAAAAAAAAh8/MbyEDxRh2SE/13_thumb%5B5%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Server7 has been added to the server farm network. The hosts can ping Servers 2 and 3 and Server2 and Server3 can ping each other. Server7 cannot ping the other servers connected to the switch. What is the cause of this problem?     &lt;br /&gt;• The Fa0/1 port on the switch should be in access mode.     &lt;br /&gt;• The switch IP address is not on the same subnet as Server7.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The switch port used for Server7 is not in the same VLAN as Server2 and Server3.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The Fa0/0 interface of the router has not been configured for subinterfaces to support inter-VLAN routing.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;40. What will be the two wildcard masks required in an extended access list statement that blocks traffic to host 192.168.5.45 from the 172.16.240.0/27 network? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 0.0.0.0&lt;/font&gt; 5     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.240.0     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.255     &lt;br /&gt;• 0.0.31.255     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.240     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 0.0.0.31&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;41. If a modem is being used to connect to an ISP, which WAN connection type is being used?     &lt;br /&gt;• leased line     &lt;br /&gt;• cell switched     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• circuit switched&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• packet switched     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;42.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GfxR7oNI/AAAAAAAAAgA/8id8xl0cgXo/3%5B5%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="253" alt="3" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GjOLF1vI/AAAAAAAAAgE/NYT5g3iu91k/3_thumb%5B3%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator must manually summarize all IP addresses on the POP router for the ISP. Which one is the correct summary address?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 192.168.0.0/22&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.0.0/23     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.0.0/24     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.0.0/25     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;43.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8Kl6E_3uI/AAAAAAAAAiA/KqiaABz3cTo/2%5B8%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="237" alt="2" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8KpE6hYqI/AAAAAAAAAiE/kEfds3HrkrQ/2_thumb%5B4%5D.jpg" width="375" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. OSPF is enabled and the network has completely converged. Which two routers will be designated as DROTHER routers? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• R1&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• R2     &lt;br /&gt;• R3     &lt;br /&gt;• R4     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;44.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8KwB6YJFI/AAAAAAAAAiI/XI1qeVN3lTM/7%5B8%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="324" alt="7" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8K29HWFeI/AAAAAAAAAiM/_sw14ZJ0o3Q/7_thumb%5B4%5D.jpg" width="464" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What two conclusions can be drawn from the displayed output? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• A packet with a destination IP address of 172.20.1.14 will exit the router via the Serial 0/1/0n interface.     &lt;br /&gt;• The default administrative distance for EIGRP has been changed.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Network 172.20.1.4 can be reached through two possible routes of equal cost.      &lt;br /&gt;• The addresses on this network were created using VLSM.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The router connected to Serial 0/1/1 is advertising four separate routes through EIGRP to this router.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;45.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GojSpNjI/AAAAAAAAAgI/7hv3jDSl1_c/4%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="281" alt="4" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GuEXkNkI/AAAAAAAAAgM/ZdAC-Yqa2X0/4_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="289" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What two pieces of information can be gathered from the output of this command? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.16.0/20 is a manually summarized route.     &lt;br /&gt;• All subnets are being advertised because default summarization was disabled.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The output verifies that EIGRP is advertising only the networks in the same AS.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The 172.16.1.0/24 network is directly attached to the router that produced this output.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The Null0 interface indicates that this is not an actual path, but a summary for advertising purposes.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;46.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GycSMebI/AAAAAAAAAgQ/MjccDZotg2s/7%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="268" alt="7" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8G2MjGGlI/AAAAAAAAAgU/BcL2jERFOx0/7_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What three facts represent the result of DR and BDR elections in this OSPF network? (Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• RTC will be the DR of 10.5.0.0/30&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• RTD will be the BDR of 10.5.0.0/30.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• RTD will be the DR of 10.4.0.0/28.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• RTB will be the BDR of 10.7.0.0/28.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• RTB will be the DR of 10.7.0.0/28.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• RTA will be the BDR of 10.4.0.0/28.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;47.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8G-BtvSmI/AAAAAAAAAgY/bCsVtmHL9eY/12%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="224" alt="12" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8HDeQKmPI/AAAAAAAAAgc/uYMUvhQFCxM/12_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Internet access is crucial for the company network shown. Internet access is provided by two ISPs. ISP1 is the primary provider and ISP2 is the backup provider. The network administrator configures BorderR as the border router so that in normal operations, all Internet traffic goes through ISP1. However, if the link to ISP1 fails, then BorderR will automatically forward Internet traffic to ISP2. The administrator configures two default routes:     &lt;br /&gt;BorderR(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 192.168.100.1 200     &lt;br /&gt;BorderR(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 172.16.1.1     &lt;br /&gt;However, when the administrator issued the show ip route command to verify the configuration, only the second default route is in the routing table. Why is the first default route not showing?     &lt;br /&gt;• The first configuration command overwrites the second command.     &lt;br /&gt;• The first default route will be installed into the routing table if there is traffic with an IP address that is destined for the 192.168.100.0 network.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• This is expected because the link to ISP1 is active. If the link to ISP1 goes down, then the first default route will be installed into the routing table.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The first default route cannot be installed into the routing table unless the administrator manually disables the second default route with the no ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 172.16.1.1 command.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;48.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8HITEHfrI/AAAAAAAAAgg/0WhxegsswhY/17%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="253" alt="17" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8HL9E28zI/AAAAAAAAAgk/dTxZDkpwx9I/17_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. If R4 is announcing all shown internal networks as a summary address to the ISP, which summary address will be most specific?     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.1.0/22     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.4.0/21     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.6.0/23     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 192.168.8.0/21&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.4.0/22     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;49. Which two statements are true about the native VLAN on a switch? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• It requires a special VLAN ID tag.     &lt;br /&gt;• It is unable to be changed to a different VLAN.     &lt;br /&gt;• Untagged traffic slows the switching process down     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The native VLAN defaults to VLAN 1 on Cisco Catalyst switches.      &lt;br /&gt;• Untagged frames that are received on a trunk become members of this VLAN&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;50.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8HUHFCx6I/AAAAAAAAAgo/vpLEBj03ueo/13%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="400" alt="13" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8HalkMlaI/AAAAAAAAAgs/G3c3s9PyLMw/13_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A company has recently installed a new switch (S2) into their network.After several minutes, the network administrator notices that the new VLAN information is not being propagated to the new switch. Given the show vtp status command output, what is the possible problem that prevents the information from being received by the new switch?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• VTP version mismatch &lt;/font&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;• VTP domain name mismatch     &lt;br /&gt;• VTP revision number mismatch     &lt;br /&gt;• Time synchronization problems     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;51.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8K8QGMSDI/AAAAAAAAAiQ/wHIbmWx0VI4/6%5B8%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="182" alt="6" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8LArjRdMI/AAAAAAAAAiU/84UJky-V7zw/6_thumb%5B4%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. All routes in the exhibit are available to a router. Which two routes will be placed into the routing table? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• A     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• B      &lt;br /&gt;• C&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• D     &lt;br /&gt;• E     &lt;br /&gt;• F     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;52.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8LH0xn95I/AAAAAAAAAiY/3DESQVKr1vc/12%5B9%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="312" alt="12" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8LNOhA-uI/AAAAAAAAAic/2rTIsbzFgrc/12_thumb%5B5%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What is the purpose of the command: RouterA(config)# access-list 1 permit 192.168.16.0 0.0.0.255?     &lt;br /&gt;• It identifies traffic on all inside interfaces to be translated and given access to the ISP router.     &lt;br /&gt;• It identifies traffic from the fa0/1 interface to be translated and given access to the ISP router.     &lt;br /&gt;• It allows traffic from the ISP to reach all of the inside interfaces.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It identifies traffic from the fa0/0 interface to be translated and given access to the ISP router&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• It allows traffic from the ISP router to the fa0/1 interface.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;53. The headquarters of a corporation uses static routes to connect to three branch offices. What are two advantages of using static routes for the WAN connections? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Static routes are more secure.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Static routes converge faster.     &lt;br /&gt;• Static routes have higher administrative distances than dynamic routing protocols.     &lt;br /&gt;• The metrics of a static route need adjusting only if the bandwidth of the WAN connection changes.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• They are more stable and less susceptible to network changes in the interior gateway protocol.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;54. What are two ways VLAN memberships can be created in an enterprise network? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• manually configuring the switch ports to be part of a VLAN&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• allowing the user to choose a specific VLAN through a GUI menu     &lt;br /&gt;• configuring the switch to allow VLAN membership based on NetBIOS association     &lt;br /&gt;• implementing an access list that specifies which devices are placed into specific VLANs.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• associating MAC addresses to specific VLANs in a VLAN management policy server database&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• manually configuring the host devices to be part of a VLAN     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;55. Which two statements are true about RIPv1 and RIPv2? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Both versions broadcast updates on port 520.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Both versions send the subnet mask as part of the update.     &lt;br /&gt;• By default, both versions will receive RIPv1 and RIPv2 updates.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Both versions support the features of split horizon and poison reverse&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• By default, both versions automatically summarize routes.     &lt;br /&gt;• RIPv1 has a higher AD than RIPv2 has.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;56. Which bandwidth allocation technique minimizes bandwidth waste by reallocating unused time slices to communicating users?     &lt;br /&gt;• VPN     &lt;br /&gt;• NCP     &lt;br /&gt;• TDM     &lt;br /&gt;• STP     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• STDM&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;57.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8HgLj0ZQI/AAAAAAAAAgw/3eLkJjXy2Bs/9%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="137" alt="9" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8Hjtq7gVI/AAAAAAAAAg0/lhhaTix7qas/9_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What is represented by the Null0 route for the 128.107.0.0 network?     &lt;br /&gt;• a child route that is defined     &lt;br /&gt;• a parent route that is defined and sourced from a physical interface     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• a summary route for advertising purposes, not an actual path&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• the result of the no auto-summary command on a router     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;58. If an authentication protocol is configured for PPP operation, when is the client or user workstation authenticated?     &lt;br /&gt;• prior to link establishment     &lt;br /&gt;• during the link establishment phase     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• before the network layer protocol configuration begins&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• after the network layer protocol configuration has ended&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-5311336975562222625?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/5311336975562222625/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=5311336975562222625' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/5311336975562222625'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/5311336975562222625'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-final-exam-answers_16.html' title='CCNA Discovery 3 - FINAL Exam Answers Version 4.0'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8JVSbj8YI/AAAAAAAAAg8/hCRj_g65aR8/s72-c/8_thumb%5B4%5D.jpg' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-5270576738181147601</id><published>2008-12-16T12:20:00.001+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:37:24.320+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Switching in the Enterprise'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Introducing Routing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 3 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 3 - FINAL Exam Answers Version 4.0</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;1. In which VTP mode can a switch create VLANs, ignore VTP messages, and not pass local VLAN information to other VTP domain members?    &lt;br /&gt;• client     &lt;br /&gt;• server     &lt;br /&gt;• pruning     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• transparent&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;2. What are two characteristics of an extended ACL? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• IP is used to specify TCP traffic only.     &lt;br /&gt;• IP is used to specify TCP and UDP traffic only.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• IP is used to specify all TCP/IP protocols including TCP, UDP, ICMP and routing protocols.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Traffic can be filtered on source address only.     &lt;br /&gt;• Traffic can be filtered on source and destination address only.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Traffic can be filtered on source and destination address, protocol, and specific port number.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;3. Which two statements are true regarding a PPP connection between two Cisco routers? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• LCP tests the quality of the link.      &lt;br /&gt;• LCP manages compression on the link&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Only a single NCP is allowed between the two routers.     &lt;br /&gt;• NCP terminates the link when data exchange is complete.     &lt;br /&gt;• With CHAP authentication, the routers exchange plain text passwords.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;4. Assuming VLSM is not being used, what impact will adding the command ip route 172.16.64.0 255.255.240.0 serial0/0 have on a router that is already operational in a network?     &lt;br /&gt;• All packets with a destination address between 172.16.64.1 and 172.16.80.254 will be forwarded out serial0/0.     &lt;br /&gt;• All packets with a destination address between 172.16.64.1 and 172.16.255.254 will be forwarded out serial0/0.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• All packets with a destination address between 172.16.64.1 and 172.16.79.254 will be forwarded out serial0/0.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• All packets with a destination address between 172.16.0.1 and 172.16.64.254 will be forwarded out serial0/0.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;5.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8JQV14KkI/AAAAAAAAAg4/evTLUwK9Gp4/8%5B8%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="265" alt="8" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8JVSbj8YI/AAAAAAAAAg8/hCRj_g65aR8/8_thumb%5B4%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network is using OSPF as the routing protocol. A network administrator issues the show ip ospf neighbor command to check the status of operation. Which statement is true?     &lt;br /&gt;• RB has the lowest priority value.     &lt;br /&gt;• RC and RD have the lowest router IDs on the network.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• RA has established adjacencies with all neighbor routers.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• RA and RB cannot form an adjacency because they are stuck in the 2-way state.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;6. A sales representative is preparing to send sensitive information to corporate headquarters from a hotel room using the Internet. Prior to the trip, the IT staff made the necessary provisions to allow secure Internet access. What solution was implemented for the sales representative?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• VPN&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Frame Relay     &lt;br /&gt;• PPP with CHAP authentication     &lt;br /&gt;• PPP with PAP authentication     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;7.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8FU9oQgUI/AAAAAAAAAew/t7MYiZFuN-4/1%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="225" alt="1" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8FYycvrpI/AAAAAAAAAe0/s1_cLiLmBjI/1_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator noticed that the VLAN configuration changes at SW2 did not propagate to SW3. On the basis of the partial output of the show vtp status command, what is the possible cause of the problem?     &lt;br /&gt;• VTP V2 mode is disabled.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• SW3 is configured as transparent mode.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The number of existing VLANs does not match.     &lt;br /&gt;• The configuration revision number does not match.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;8.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8JaHSkvdI/AAAAAAAAAhA/uCgb6vqQJuQ/1%5B9%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="316" alt="1" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8JeV83BbI/AAAAAAAAAhE/A36EMGVoqyE/1_thumb%5B5%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Because of continuing instability of one of the serial links in the OSPF network, a network administrator configures router ASBR as shown. Which two statements will be a result of this configuration? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• Traffic intended for destinations across unstable serial links will be forwarded by ASBR even when the links are down     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• A summary route of 192.168.0.0/22 will be advertised to the ISP router.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Serial links in range 192.168.0.0 255.255.252.0 will be forced into a passive state.     &lt;br /&gt;• Networks connected to the unstable serial links will be placed in an unreachable state.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Negative effects of route flapping will be reduced.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;9. Which two criteria are used by STP to select a root bridge? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• memory size     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• bridge priority&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• number of ports     &lt;br /&gt;• switch location     &lt;br /&gt;• switching speed     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• base MAC address&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;10. A company is using a Class B IP addressing scheme and expects to need as many as 150 networks. What is the correct subnet mask to use with the network configuration?     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.0.0     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.240.0     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.254.0     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 255.255.255.0&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.128     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.192     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;11.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8JhP3IzNI/AAAAAAAAAhI/mI5YI9gMQSU/4%5B7%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="178" alt="4" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8Jj-rGiFI/AAAAAAAAAhM/sdiyIx-WB2s/4_thumb%5B3%5D.jpg" width="358" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;What is the term for the value 2172416 that is highlighted in the output of the show ip eigrp topology command?     &lt;br /&gt;• feasible distance of the successor     &lt;br /&gt;• reported distance of the successor     &lt;br /&gt;• feasible distance of the feasible successor     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• reported distance of the feasible successor&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;12.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8FcwxIhCI/AAAAAAAAAe4/K4oPmOpDdI4/16%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="251" alt="16" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8Fgx-xhQI/AAAAAAAAAe8/KRAb6PpNHiw/16_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="476" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. RIPv2 is configured in the network shown. Hosts in the network have access to all internal networks but do not have Internet access. On which router should the commands, shown in the exhibit, be added to provide Internet access for all hosts in the network?     &lt;br /&gt;• R1     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• R2&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• R3     &lt;br /&gt;• ISP     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;13. What do companies gain from the services performed at the enterprise edge?     &lt;br /&gt;• faster communication with server farms     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• stronger security against malicious attacks&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• faster communication with Internet destinations     &lt;br /&gt;• enhanced performance and reliability through VLANs and redundant trunk links     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;14.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8Jnl0wOBI/AAAAAAAAAhQ/Z-1nPUHKp-E/11%5B8%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="255" alt="11" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8JrXlB5GI/AAAAAAAAAhU/0Z0KPs80VZc/11_thumb%5B4%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator wishes to deny Internet access to all R2 LAN hosts, while allowing these hosts to reach all other devices on the company networks. Where the ACL shown in the exhibit should be placed to meet these requirements?     &lt;br /&gt;• R2: Fa0/0 inbound     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• R1: S0/1/0 outbound&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• R1: S0/0/1 inbound     &lt;br /&gt;• R2: S0/0/1 outbound     &lt;br /&gt;• R2: Fa0/0 outbound     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;15.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8FkzWASHI/AAAAAAAAAfA/2X9NhETMeiA/6%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="221" alt="6" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8FosckPvI/AAAAAAAAAfE/VD5DRVS0b6E/6_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="480" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. In what sequence (from first to last) does an OSPF router check the parameters listed when selecting the DR?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• C, B, A, D&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• D, C, B, A     &lt;br /&gt;• A, B, C, D     &lt;br /&gt;• A, C, B, D     &lt;br /&gt;• B, C, A, D     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;16. What two statements are true regarding EIGRP tables? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• A feasible successor route can be found in the topology table.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• A successor route can only be found in the routing table.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The topology table shows whether a route is in the passive or active state.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The routing table shows the amount of time elapsed since a router adjacency was formed.     &lt;br /&gt;• The neighbor table shows all adjacent Cisco devices.     &lt;br /&gt;• Administrative distance is shown as a column in the neighbor table.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;17.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8Jv-4_D-I/AAAAAAAAAhY/XTvJN718CMU/10%5B8%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="288" alt="10" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8J0cjWBNI/AAAAAAAAAhc/76RkLOOYlAA/10_thumb%5B4%5D.jpg" width="440" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Assuming that all three routers are configured with the EIGRP routing protocol and sharing information, what information can be gathered from the show command output?     &lt;br /&gt;• Router B has EIGRP adjacencies with both router A and C.     &lt;br /&gt;• Router B has a fully converged topology table.     &lt;br /&gt;• Router B has not formed an adjacency with router A.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Router B has not formed an adjacency with router C.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;18. Which three statements are true about RSTP? (Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• RSTP can fall back to STP to provide support for legacy equipment.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• RSTP and STP have the same number of port states.     &lt;br /&gt;• Like PortFast and UplinkFast, RSTP is a proprietary protocol.     &lt;br /&gt;• RSTP takes up to 50 seconds to converge.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• RSTP requires a point-to-point, full-duplex connection.      &lt;br /&gt;• RSTP views all ports that are not discarding as part of an active topology.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;19.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8FqwuXh3I/AAAAAAAAAfI/7061DJOUq1g/15%5B2%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="72" alt="15" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8FtOCUs_I/AAAAAAAAAfM/spPxs2ADk14/15_thumb.jpg" width="377" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network support technician has been asked to set an IP address on one of the FastEthernet interfaces on a new router. What is causing the interface to reject the address?     &lt;br /&gt;• The IP address is already in use.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The technician is using a network address.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The technician is using the wrong subnet mask for /26     &lt;br /&gt;• The technician must enable VLSM on the interface.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;20.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8FyL-K9II/AAAAAAAAAfQ/fknZbIq2n7o/8%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="206" alt="8" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8F2GB5gCI/AAAAAAAAAfU/NXZDidcqR68/8_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="460" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator enters the command ip route 10.10.4.16 255.255.255.248 s0/0/1 into the router. What will be the result of this configuration?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• A static route pointing to 10.10.4.16/29 is placed into the routing table.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• A static route to 10.10.4.16/29 is placed into the routing table if interface FastEthernet0/1 goes down.     &lt;br /&gt;• A static route pointing to 10.10.4.16/29 is only placed into the routing table if the route to 10.10.4.0 is removed.     &lt;br /&gt;• A static route is not placed into the routing table because a RIP route that includes the destination network already exists.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;21.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8F7SJD43I/AAAAAAAAAfY/5wRZMFvx4KM/10%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="197" alt="10" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8F_OZmzAI/AAAAAAAAAfc/1Bz1tmro3L8/10_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. R1 is connected to the Internet through its serial 0/0/0 interface. Hosts on the 192.168.100.0/24 LAN on R1 cannot communicate with hosts on the Internet. What two NAT configuration issues might explain this failure? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The ip nat pool command has not been applied correctly.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The inside interface has not been defined on R1.     &lt;br /&gt;• The access list does not include the group of IP addresses that are supported by the inside network.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The ip address that is assigned to the serial 0/0/0 interface is incorrect&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The outside interface has not been defined on R1.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;22.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8J6BT1PqI/AAAAAAAAAhg/eYumGHSHHa4/5%5B7%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="298" alt="5" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8KADCp_0I/AAAAAAAAAhk/R64NXt6WywI/5_thumb%5B3%5D.jpg" width="440" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. R1 and R2 are connected via serial interfaces. Both interfaces show that there is Layer 2 connectivity between them. The administrator verifies that CDP is operational; however, pings between the two interfaces are unsuccessful. What is the cause of this connectivity problem?     &lt;br /&gt;• no set loopback     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• incorrect subnet mask on R2&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• incompatible bandwidth     &lt;br /&gt;• incorrect IP address on R1     &lt;br /&gt;• incompatible encapsulation     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;23. Which two statements describe how the information contained in a BPDU is used by a switch? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• to set the duplex mode of a redundant link     &lt;br /&gt;• to activate looped paths throughout the network     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• to determine the root bridge&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• to prevent loops by sharing routing tables between connected switches     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• to determine which ports are placed in forwarding mode&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;24. When MD5 authentication is used for OSPF routing protocol authentication, what two facts are known about the key? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• The key passes between routers in plain text.     &lt;br /&gt;• The key is used to help generate an encrypted number for authentication.     &lt;br /&gt;• The key passes between routers in encrypted form.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The key is never transmitted.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The key can be captured by using a packet sniffer.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;25.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8KEA7hrHI/AAAAAAAAAho/gWxdlpFXZEg/9%5B9%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="260" alt="9" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8KHidS6tI/AAAAAAAAAhs/vkYX3c39QK4/9_thumb%5B5%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. If router RTA fails, which statement is true?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Hosts A and B can reach each other, but cannot reach hosts C and D or the server.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• No host can reach any other host.     &lt;br /&gt;• Hosts A, B, C, and D can reach each other, but cannot reach the server.     &lt;br /&gt;• All hosts can reach each other.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;26. Which command should a network administrator issue to disable default summarization in an EIGRP network?     &lt;br /&gt;• Router(config-router)# null 0 route     &lt;br /&gt;• Router(config-if)# no ip summary-address     &lt;br /&gt;• Router(config-router)# no ip summary-address     &lt;br /&gt;• Router(config-if)# no auto-summary     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Router(config-router)# no auto-summary&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;27.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8KO4gbH1I/AAAAAAAAAhw/P0_QNhEKkiY/3%5B9%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="471" alt="3" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8KV4Z4RpI/AAAAAAAAAh0/5Pq-W_iffB4/3_thumb%5B5%5D.jpg" width="427" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Users on the 172.30.20.0/24 network are unable to access any of the servers located on the 192.168.0.0/23 network. Given the network topology and OSPF configuration, what two problems exist in this network? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• There is a routing loop occurring between all three routers.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• There is a network statement missing.      &lt;br /&gt;• Network 172.30.20.0 has an incorrect wildcard mask.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The OSPF Area configuration is incorrect.     &lt;br /&gt;• /23 is an invalid subnet mask for the 192.168.0.0 network.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;28.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GCGKGCxI/AAAAAAAAAfg/RGmAHko61nE/11%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="327" alt="11" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GE9wnegI/AAAAAAAAAfk/tZmzcpUuBmA/11_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="248" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which IP addressing scheme would be correct for the network?     &lt;br /&gt;• H1-172.18.0.10/16     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; H2-172.18.0.11/16     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; H3-172.18.0.12/16     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• H1-172.18.0.10/16      &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; H2-172.19.0.10/16       &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; H3-172.18.0.11/16&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• H1-172.18.0.10/16     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; H2-172.18.0.11/16     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; H3-172.19.0.11/16     &lt;br /&gt;• H1-172.18.0.10/16     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; H2-172.19.0.11/16     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; H3-172.19.0.11/16     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;29.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GH4hHKhI/AAAAAAAAAfo/mLTugxh4850/14%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="202" alt="14" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GKc1c9qI/AAAAAAAAAfs/MQaaOcVxPv8/14_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. An administrator is adding a new router to the network. The IP address 192.168.13.6/30 has been assigned to the connecting serial interface on R2. What IP address must the administrator assign to the serial interface of the new router?     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.13.4/30     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 192.168.13.5/30&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.13.7/30     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.13.58/30     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.13.61/27     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.13.63/27     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;30. After comparing a previous baseline to current network statistics, the network engineer has discovered a significant increase in unwarranted traffic to the extranet. Which two steps simplify administration and control the unwanted traffic? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• define an ACL at the distribution layer to isolate packets      &lt;br /&gt;• add an ACL at the router in the enterprise edge to block the traffic&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• deploy a Layer 3 switch to contain broadcasts     &lt;br /&gt;• connect remote locations directly to the intranet     &lt;br /&gt;• configure all hosts with the same default gateway to eliminate unnecessary broadcasts     &lt;br /&gt;• deploy one core ISP router to reduce the delay in path determination     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;31. Which statement is accurate about the CIR in Frame Relay?     &lt;br /&gt;• It is important to purchase a CIR that matches the highest bandwidth requirements of the enterprise.     &lt;br /&gt;• The CIR can be no lower than the port speed of the local loop.     &lt;br /&gt;• The CIR defines the contracted maximum rate available from the service provider on the Frame Relay circuit     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It is possible to burst over the CIR if bandwidth is available.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;32. A sales representative is using a wireless connection to make a VoIP call. Which protocol will be used to transport the voice packets?     &lt;br /&gt;• TCP     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• UDP&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• PPP     &lt;br /&gt;• HDLC     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;33. A network administrator wants to deny responses to ping requests. Which ACL statement denies ping responses while not affecting other traffic?     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 123 deny tcp any any eq 80     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 123 deny tcp any any eq 20     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 123 deny tcp any any eq 21     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• access-list 123 deny icmp any any echo-reply&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 101 deny tcp any any established     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;34. Why would a network administrator want to limit the size of failure domains when designing a network?     &lt;br /&gt;• to eliminate the effects of Ethernet collisions     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• to reduce the impact of a key device or service failure&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• to reduce the impact of Internet congestion on critical traffic     &lt;br /&gt;• to eliminate the need to block broadcast packets at the edge of the local network     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;35. What are two benefits of implementing VLANs in an enterprise network? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• eliminates the need for a Layer 3 device     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• provides segmentation of broadcast domains&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• allows for the propagation of broadcasts from one local network to another     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• allows for the logical grouping of devices despite physical location&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• prevents issues such as broadcast storms by ensuring a loop free environment     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;36. Which three IP addresses are valid host addresses in the 10.200.0.0/20 network? (Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 10.200.11.69&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 10.200.16.1     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 10.200.0.255&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 10.201.0.55     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 10.200.15.240&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 10.200.30.29     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;37.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GN1SMqXI/AAAAAAAAAfw/8AKFOO1Odec/5%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="299" alt="5" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GRV8Qh5I/AAAAAAAAAf0/E2_Wr0QrJxM/5_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="436" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Assuming that the RIPv1 routing protocol is enabled and that all networks are being advertised, which statement is true?     &lt;br /&gt;• All packets from H1 that are destined to H2 will arrive at H2.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• None of the packets from H1 that are destined to H2 will arrive at H2.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Approximately half the traffic from H1 that is destined to H2 will reach R3.     &lt;br /&gt;• Some of the packets from H1 that are destined to H2 will be sent to the switch that is connected to network 192.168.3.64/26.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;38.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GWwOEplI/AAAAAAAAAf4/tXx4MHZ7ilc/2%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="138" alt="2" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GapigYbI/AAAAAAAAAf8/lcnLrhde31o/2_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which route will appear in the routing table?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• R 10.10.4.0/24 [120/1] via 10.10.10.1, 00:00:12, FastEthernet0/1&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• R 10.10.4.0/24 [120/1] via 10.10.20.1, 00:00:12, FastEthernet0/0     &lt;br /&gt;• R 10.10.4.0/24 [120/2] via 10.10.20.1, 00:00:12, FastEthernet0/0     &lt;br /&gt;• R 10.10.4.0/24 [120/3] via 10.10.30.1, 00:00:12, FastEthernet1/0     &lt;br /&gt;• R 10.10.4.0/24 [120/1] via 10.10.30.1, 00:00:12, FastEthernet1/0     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;39.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8Kdn8lFwI/AAAAAAAAAh4/c2Ka1-SR9Nk/13%5B9%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="318" alt="13" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8KizVH-rI/AAAAAAAAAh8/MbyEDxRh2SE/13_thumb%5B5%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Server7 has been added to the server farm network. The hosts can ping Servers 2 and 3 and Server2 and Server3 can ping each other. Server7 cannot ping the other servers connected to the switch. What is the cause of this problem?     &lt;br /&gt;• The Fa0/1 port on the switch should be in access mode.     &lt;br /&gt;• The switch IP address is not on the same subnet as Server7.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The switch port used for Server7 is not in the same VLAN as Server2 and Server3.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The Fa0/0 interface of the router has not been configured for subinterfaces to support inter-VLAN routing.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;40. What will be the two wildcard masks required in an extended access list statement that blocks traffic to host 192.168.5.45 from the 172.16.240.0/27 network? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 0.0.0.0&lt;/font&gt; 5     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.240.0     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.255     &lt;br /&gt;• 0.0.31.255     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.240     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 0.0.0.31&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;41. If a modem is being used to connect to an ISP, which WAN connection type is being used?     &lt;br /&gt;• leased line     &lt;br /&gt;• cell switched     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• circuit switched&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• packet switched     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;42.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GfxR7oNI/AAAAAAAAAgA/8id8xl0cgXo/3%5B5%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="253" alt="3" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GjOLF1vI/AAAAAAAAAgE/NYT5g3iu91k/3_thumb%5B3%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator must manually summarize all IP addresses on the POP router for the ISP. Which one is the correct summary address?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 192.168.0.0/22&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.0.0/23     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.0.0/24     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.0.0/25     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;43.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8Kl6E_3uI/AAAAAAAAAiA/KqiaABz3cTo/2%5B8%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="237" alt="2" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8KpE6hYqI/AAAAAAAAAiE/kEfds3HrkrQ/2_thumb%5B4%5D.jpg" width="375" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. OSPF is enabled and the network has completely converged. Which two routers will be designated as DROTHER routers? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• R1&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• R2     &lt;br /&gt;• R3     &lt;br /&gt;• R4     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;44.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8KwB6YJFI/AAAAAAAAAiI/XI1qeVN3lTM/7%5B8%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="324" alt="7" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8K29HWFeI/AAAAAAAAAiM/_sw14ZJ0o3Q/7_thumb%5B4%5D.jpg" width="464" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What two conclusions can be drawn from the displayed output? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• A packet with a destination IP address of 172.20.1.14 will exit the router via the Serial 0/1/0n interface.     &lt;br /&gt;• The default administrative distance for EIGRP has been changed.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Network 172.20.1.4 can be reached through two possible routes of equal cost.      &lt;br /&gt;• The addresses on this network were created using VLSM.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The router connected to Serial 0/1/1 is advertising four separate routes through EIGRP to this router.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;45.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GojSpNjI/AAAAAAAAAgI/7hv3jDSl1_c/4%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="281" alt="4" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GuEXkNkI/AAAAAAAAAgM/ZdAC-Yqa2X0/4_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="289" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What two pieces of information can be gathered from the output of this command? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.16.0/20 is a manually summarized route.     &lt;br /&gt;• All subnets are being advertised because default summarization was disabled.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The output verifies that EIGRP is advertising only the networks in the same AS.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The 172.16.1.0/24 network is directly attached to the router that produced this output.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The Null0 interface indicates that this is not an actual path, but a summary for advertising purposes.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;46.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GycSMebI/AAAAAAAAAgQ/MjccDZotg2s/7%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="268" alt="7" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8G2MjGGlI/AAAAAAAAAgU/BcL2jERFOx0/7_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What three facts represent the result of DR and BDR elections in this OSPF network? (Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• RTC will be the DR of 10.5.0.0/30&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• RTD will be the BDR of 10.5.0.0/30.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• RTD will be the DR of 10.4.0.0/28.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• RTB will be the BDR of 10.7.0.0/28.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• RTB will be the DR of 10.7.0.0/28.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• RTA will be the BDR of 10.4.0.0/28.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;47.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8G-BtvSmI/AAAAAAAAAgY/bCsVtmHL9eY/12%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="224" alt="12" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8HDeQKmPI/AAAAAAAAAgc/uYMUvhQFCxM/12_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Internet access is crucial for the company network shown. Internet access is provided by two ISPs. ISP1 is the primary provider and ISP2 is the backup provider. The network administrator configures BorderR as the border router so that in normal operations, all Internet traffic goes through ISP1. However, if the link to ISP1 fails, then BorderR will automatically forward Internet traffic to ISP2. The administrator configures two default routes:     &lt;br /&gt;BorderR(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 192.168.100.1 200     &lt;br /&gt;BorderR(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 172.16.1.1     &lt;br /&gt;However, when the administrator issued the show ip route command to verify the configuration, only the second default route is in the routing table. Why is the first default route not showing?     &lt;br /&gt;• The first configuration command overwrites the second command.     &lt;br /&gt;• The first default route will be installed into the routing table if there is traffic with an IP address that is destined for the 192.168.100.0 network.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• This is expected because the link to ISP1 is active. If the link to ISP1 goes down, then the first default route will be installed into the routing table.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The first default route cannot be installed into the routing table unless the administrator manually disables the second default route with the no ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 172.16.1.1 command.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;48.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8HITEHfrI/AAAAAAAAAgg/0WhxegsswhY/17%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="253" alt="17" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8HL9E28zI/AAAAAAAAAgk/dTxZDkpwx9I/17_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. If R4 is announcing all shown internal networks as a summary address to the ISP, which summary address will be most specific?     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.1.0/22     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.4.0/21     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.6.0/23     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 192.168.8.0/21&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.4.0/22     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;49. Which two statements are true about the native VLAN on a switch? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• It requires a special VLAN ID tag.     &lt;br /&gt;• It is unable to be changed to a different VLAN.     &lt;br /&gt;• Untagged traffic slows the switching process down     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The native VLAN defaults to VLAN 1 on Cisco Catalyst switches.      &lt;br /&gt;• Untagged frames that are received on a trunk become members of this VLAN&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;50.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8HUHFCx6I/AAAAAAAAAgo/vpLEBj03ueo/13%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="400" alt="13" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8HalkMlaI/AAAAAAAAAgs/G3c3s9PyLMw/13_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A company has recently installed a new switch (S2) into their network.After several minutes, the network administrator notices that the new VLAN information is not being propagated to the new switch. Given the show vtp status command output, what is the possible problem that prevents the information from being received by the new switch?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• VTP version mismatch &lt;/font&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;• VTP domain name mismatch     &lt;br /&gt;• VTP revision number mismatch     &lt;br /&gt;• Time synchronization problems     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;51.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8K8QGMSDI/AAAAAAAAAiQ/wHIbmWx0VI4/6%5B8%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="182" alt="6" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8LArjRdMI/AAAAAAAAAiU/84UJky-V7zw/6_thumb%5B4%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. All routes in the exhibit are available to a router. Which two routes will be placed into the routing table? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• A     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• B      &lt;br /&gt;• C&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• D     &lt;br /&gt;• E     &lt;br /&gt;• F     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;52.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8LH0xn95I/AAAAAAAAAiY/3DESQVKr1vc/12%5B9%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="312" alt="12" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8LNOhA-uI/AAAAAAAAAic/2rTIsbzFgrc/12_thumb%5B5%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What is the purpose of the command: RouterA(config)# access-list 1 permit 192.168.16.0 0.0.0.255?     &lt;br /&gt;• It identifies traffic on all inside interfaces to be translated and given access to the ISP router.     &lt;br /&gt;• It identifies traffic from the fa0/1 interface to be translated and given access to the ISP router.     &lt;br /&gt;• It allows traffic from the ISP to reach all of the inside interfaces.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It identifies traffic from the fa0/0 interface to be translated and given access to the ISP router&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• It allows traffic from the ISP router to the fa0/1 interface.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;53. The headquarters of a corporation uses static routes to connect to three branch offices. What are two advantages of using static routes for the WAN connections? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Static routes are more secure.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Static routes converge faster.     &lt;br /&gt;• Static routes have higher administrative distances than dynamic routing protocols.     &lt;br /&gt;• The metrics of a static route need adjusting only if the bandwidth of the WAN connection changes.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• They are more stable and less susceptible to network changes in the interior gateway protocol.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;54. What are two ways VLAN memberships can be created in an enterprise network? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• manually configuring the switch ports to be part of a VLAN&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• allowing the user to choose a specific VLAN through a GUI menu     &lt;br /&gt;• configuring the switch to allow VLAN membership based on NetBIOS association     &lt;br /&gt;• implementing an access list that specifies which devices are placed into specific VLANs.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• associating MAC addresses to specific VLANs in a VLAN management policy server database&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• manually configuring the host devices to be part of a VLAN     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;55. Which two statements are true about RIPv1 and RIPv2? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Both versions broadcast updates on port 520.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Both versions send the subnet mask as part of the update.     &lt;br /&gt;• By default, both versions will receive RIPv1 and RIPv2 updates.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Both versions support the features of split horizon and poison reverse&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• By default, both versions automatically summarize routes.     &lt;br /&gt;• RIPv1 has a higher AD than RIPv2 has.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;56. Which bandwidth allocation technique minimizes bandwidth waste by reallocating unused time slices to communicating users?     &lt;br /&gt;• VPN     &lt;br /&gt;• NCP     &lt;br /&gt;• TDM     &lt;br /&gt;• STP     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• STDM&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;57.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8HgLj0ZQI/AAAAAAAAAgw/3eLkJjXy2Bs/9%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="137" alt="9" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8Hjtq7gVI/AAAAAAAAAg0/lhhaTix7qas/9_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What is represented by the Null0 route for the 128.107.0.0 network?     &lt;br /&gt;• a child route that is defined     &lt;br /&gt;• a parent route that is defined and sourced from a physical interface     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• a summary route for advertising purposes, not an actual path&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• the result of the no auto-summary command on a router     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;58. If an authentication protocol is configured for PPP operation, when is the client or user workstation authenticated?     &lt;br /&gt;• prior to link establishment     &lt;br /&gt;• during the link establishment phase     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• before the network layer protocol configuration begins&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• after the network layer protocol configuration has ended&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-5270576738181147601?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/5270576738181147601/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=5270576738181147601' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/5270576738181147601'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/5270576738181147601'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-final-exam-answers.html' title='CCNA Discovery 3 - FINAL Exam Answers Version 4.0'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8JVSbj8YI/AAAAAAAAAg8/hCRj_g65aR8/s72-c/8_thumb%5B4%5D.jpg' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-5286543736670228172</id><published>2008-12-16T12:20:00.000+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:37:20.837+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Designing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Supporting Computer Networks'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 4 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 4 - Module 1 Exam Answers Version 4.0</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;1. What are two mechanisms that provide redundancy for server farm implementations? (Choose two.)    &lt;br /&gt;• host intrusion prevention systems     &lt;br /&gt;• virtual private networks     &lt;br /&gt;• network intrusion prevention systems     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol      &lt;br /&gt;• Hot Standby Routing Protocol&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;2. The ability to connect securely to a private network over a public network is provided by which WAN technology?     &lt;br /&gt;• DSL     &lt;br /&gt;• Frame Relay     &lt;br /&gt;• ISDN     &lt;br /&gt;• PSTN     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• VPN&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;3. Which three statements describe the functions of the Cisco hierarchical network design model? (Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;• Route summarization is not necessary at the core and distribution layers.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The distribution layer is responsible for traffic filtering and isolating failures from the core.      &lt;br /&gt;• Two goals of the core layer are 100 percent uptime and maximizing throughput.       &lt;br /&gt;• The access layer provides a means of connecting end devices to the network.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The distribution layer distributes network traffic directly to end users.     &lt;br /&gt;• The core layer usually employs a star topology.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;4. A network designer is creating a new network. The design must offer enough redundancy to provide protection against a single link or device failure, yet must not be too complex or expensive to implement. What topology would fill these needs?     &lt;br /&gt;• star     &lt;br /&gt;• full mesh     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• partial mesh&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• extended star     &lt;br /&gt;• hub and spoke     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;5. Refer to the exhibit. If the firewall module has been correctly configured using best practices for network security, which statement is true about the security design for the network?     &lt;br /&gt;• Servers in the network are not protected from internal attacks.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Servers in the DMZ are protected from internal and external attacks.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Servers in the server farm are protected from internal and external attacks.     &lt;br /&gt;• Traffic from the external networks is not able to access the servers in the DMZ.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;6. Which statement is true about a DMZ in a traditional network firewall design?     &lt;br /&gt;• A DMZ is designed to provide service for external access but not for internal access.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Servers in the DMZ provide limited information that can be accessed from external networks.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• User access to the DMZ from the Internet and the internal network usually is treated the same way.     &lt;br /&gt;• All servers in the enterprise network should be located in a DMZ because of enhanced security measures.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;7. What network connection would be most cost efficient while still meeting the security and connectivity needs of this teleworker?     &lt;br /&gt;• dedicated leased line connection with a dialup backup link     &lt;br /&gt;• Frame Relay connection with a DSL backup link     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• DSL VPN connection with a dialup backup link&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• ATM connection with a DSL VPN backup link     &lt;br /&gt;• DSL connection with no backup link     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;8. Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator creates a standard access control list to prohibit traffic from the 192.168.1.0/24 network from reaching the 192.168.2.0/24 network while still permitting Internet access for all networks. On which router interface and in which direction should it be applied?     &lt;br /&gt;• interface fa0/0, inbound     &lt;br /&gt;• interface fa0/0, outbound     &lt;br /&gt;• interface fa0/1, inbound     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• interface fa0/1, outbound&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;9. Refer to the exhibit. The server broadcasts an ARP request for the MAC address of its default gateway. If STP is not enabled, what is the result of this ARP request?     &lt;br /&gt;• Router_1 contains the broadcast and replies with the MAC address of the next-hop router.     &lt;br /&gt;• Switch_A replies with the MAC address of the Router_1 E0 interface.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Switch_A and Switch_B continuously flood the message onto the network.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Switch_B forwards the broadcast request and replies with the Router_1 address.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;10. What are two best practices in wireless LAN design to ensure secure wireless access to the corporate network? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• Configure APs for broadcast SSID.     &lt;br /&gt;• Place APs as far apart as possible.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Use a separate WLAN for employees.      &lt;br /&gt;• Configure WPA.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Use wireless routers in all IDFs.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;11. In a well-designed, high-availability network, which device significantly affects the most users if a failure occurs?     &lt;br /&gt;• desktop PC of the user     &lt;br /&gt;• large switch in the network core layer     &lt;br /&gt;• large switch in the network distribution layer     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• small workgroup switch in the network access layer&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;12. Which two statements are true regarding network convergence? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• In a large network, using the EIGRP or OSPF routing protocols rather than RIPv2 may improve convergence time.      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/font&gt;• Using STP at the core layer improves convergence time by allowing the use of&amp;#160; redundant links between devices.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Route summarization improves convergence time by minimizing the size of the routing table.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• A full mesh topology improves convergence time by allowing load balancing.     &lt;br /&gt;• ACLs can be configured to improve convergence time.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;13. Centralizing servers in a data center server farm can provide which benefit over a distributed server environment?     &lt;br /&gt;• It keeps client-to-server traffic local to a single subnet.     &lt;br /&gt;• Servers located in a data center require less bandwidth.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It is easier to filter and prioritize traffic to and from the data center.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Server farms are not subject to denial of service attacks.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;14. Refer to the exhibit. What effect does the ACL shown have on network traffic, assuming that it is correctly applied to the interface?     &lt;br /&gt;• All traffic to network 172.16.0.0 is denied.     &lt;br /&gt;• All TCP traffic is denied to and from network 172.16.0.0.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• All Telnet traffic from the 172.16.0.0 network to any destination is denied.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• All port 23 traffic to the 172.16.0.0 network is denied.     &lt;br /&gt;• All traffic from the 172.16.0.0 network is denied to any other network.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;15. Which Cisco IOS function can be configured at the distribution layer to filter unwanted traffic and provide traffic management?     &lt;br /&gt;• virus protection     &lt;br /&gt;• spyware protection     &lt;br /&gt;• VPNs     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• access control lists&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;16. What kind of ACL inspects outbound UDP, TCP, and ICMP traffic and allows inbound access only to traffic that belongs to these established sessions?     &lt;br /&gt;• dynamic ACL     &lt;br /&gt;• time-based ACL     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• reflexive ACL&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• lock and key ACL     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;17. Which three functions are performed at the distribution layer of the hierarchical network model? (Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• summarizing routes from the access layer&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• allowing end users to access the local network     &lt;br /&gt;• providing the gateway of last resort for core layer devices     &lt;br /&gt;• preserving bandwidth at the access layer by filtering network functions     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• isolating network problems to prevent them from affecting the core layer      &lt;br /&gt;• utilizing redundant links for load balancing to increase available bandwidth&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;18. Refer to the exhibit. Which two devices are part of the access design layer? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• Edge2     &lt;br /&gt;• ISP4     &lt;br /&gt;• BR4     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• FC-AP&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• FC-CPE-1     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• FC-ASW-2&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;19. What is true about implementing a centralized server farm topology?     &lt;br /&gt;• requires direct cabling from the MPOE to enhance the performance of servers     &lt;br /&gt;• requires the addition of high-capacity switches to each workgroup     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• provides defined entry and exit points so that filtering and securing traffic is easier&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• allows for placement of workgroup servers at the access layer     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;20. Refer to the exhibit. What happens when Host 1 attempts to send data?     &lt;br /&gt;• Frames from Host 1 are dropped, but no other action is taken.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Frames from Host 1 cause the interface to shut down, and a log message is sent.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Frames from Host 1 are forwarded, but a log message is sent.     &lt;br /&gt;• Frames from Host 1 are forwarded, and the mac-address table is updated.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;21. Which two considerations are valid when designing access layer security?(Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• In a large wireless network, the most efficient method to secure the WLAN is MAC address filtering.     &lt;br /&gt;• DoS attacks are normally launched against end-user PCs and can be mitigated by installing personal firewalls on all company PCs.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• SSH is more secure than Telnet to administer network devices.      &lt;br /&gt;• Disabling unused ports on the switches helps prevent unauthorized access to the network.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• All Telnet passwords are at least 6 characters long.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;22. What address can be used to summarize only networks 172.16.0.0/24, 172.16.1.0/24, 172.16.2.0/24, and 172.16.3.0/24?     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.0.0/21     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 172.16.0.0/22&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.0.0 255.255.255.248     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.0.0 255.255.254.0     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;23. Which two items in a physical WLAN design can be identified through a site survey? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• the types of antennas that are required&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• the encryption techniques that are required     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• the access point hardware that is required&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• the different levels of access that are required     &lt;br /&gt;• the connection reliability that is required     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;24. Refer to the exhibit. Which two statements correctly describe the benefits of the network access layer design that is shown? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• If host A sends a broadcast message, only hosts in VLAN10 receive the broadcast frame.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• If host A attempts to transmit data at the same time as another host, only hosts in VLAN10 are affected by the collision.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Segmenting all voice traffic on a separate VLAN facilitates the implementation of QoS.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• VLANs improve network performance by facilitating the use of route summarization.     &lt;br /&gt;• VLANs at the access layer help guarantee network availability by facilitating load balancing.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;25. What are three ways to ensure that an unwanted user does not connect to a wireless network and view the data? (Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Disable SSID broadcasting.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Configure filters to restrict IP addresses.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Use authentication between clients and the wireless device.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Use NetBIOS name filtering between clients and the wireless device.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Configure strong encryption such as WPA.      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/font&gt;• Use a WEP compression method.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-5286543736670228172?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/5286543736670228172/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=5286543736670228172' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/5286543736670228172'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/5286543736670228172'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-4-module-1-exam-answers.html' title='CCNA Discovery 4 - Module 1 Exam Answers Version 4.0'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-7880622657808143298</id><published>2008-12-16T12:19:00.011+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:38:46.689+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Switching in the Enterprise'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Introducing Routing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 3 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 3 - Module 9 Exam Answers Version 4.0</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;1.    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7vGAo6s3I/AAAAAAAAAck/aUgGsH5yPtM/1%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="526" alt="1" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7vM0UqW5I/AAAAAAAAAcs/NbhwFhIPngs/1_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Based on the output shown, to which IP network should the workstations in the Support department belong?     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.1.0     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.1.0     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 172.16.3.0&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.5.0     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;2.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7vTSXCImI/AAAAAAAAAcw/jK6MRzrJe9M/2%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="532" alt="2" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7vaklmKTI/AAAAAAAAAc0/pcDHFHwRfbY/2_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="490" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is doing proactive network maintenance. The administrator pings 192.168.1.100 and compares the results to the baseline data. Based on the comparison of the two pings, what is one possibility?     &lt;br /&gt;• There is an ACL applied, making the destination host unreachable.     &lt;br /&gt;• There is a malfunctioning NIC on the destination host.     &lt;br /&gt;• The sending host is unable to access the network.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• There are congestion problems on the network.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;3.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7vk7GQXWI/AAAAAAAAAc4/TAnRLMWcFHA/3%5B5%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="194" alt="3" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7vq8zTVeI/AAAAAAAAAc8/4SqucyMR4zo/3_thumb%5B3%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Given the output generated by the debug ppp negotiation command, which statement is true?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The line protocol of the local router is now up.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The username ’Goleta’ is configured locally.     &lt;br /&gt;• The command ppp authentication pap is configured on both routers.     &lt;br /&gt;• The local router requested to terminate the session.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;4. What is important to consider while configuring the subinterfaces of a router when implementing inter-VLAN routing?     &lt;br /&gt;• The subinterface numbers must match the VLAN ID number.     &lt;br /&gt;• The physical interface must have an IP address configured.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The IP address of each subinterface must be the default gateway address for each VLAN subnet.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The no shutdown command must be given on each subinterface.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;5.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7v0rSIl8I/AAAAAAAAAdA/1-oNrOB0CJo/4%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="284" alt="4" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7v61ULRZI/AAAAAAAAAdE/J4dWwYsOlvo/4_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A lab technician connects two routers together via a serial cable using the default interface configuration values. The interfaces are up; however, the technician is unable to ping between the two devices. What is the most likely problem?     &lt;br /&gt;• The lab technician used the wrong cable to connect the serial ports.     &lt;br /&gt;• There is an IP mismatch between the serial ports.     &lt;br /&gt;• There is an encapsulation mismatch between the serial ports.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• No clock rate has been set on the DCE interface.      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/font&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;6.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7v-gA3ZAI/AAAAAAAAAdI/AZ2Or5Xxiv8/5%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="116" alt="5" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wCSPALTI/AAAAAAAAAdM/s5aGu00v22A/5_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Based on the output shown, why is VTP information unable to propagate the network?     &lt;br /&gt;• One of the two client mode switches must be reconfigured to Transparent mode.     &lt;br /&gt;• Each switch must be synchronized to the network time server.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The VTP domain names are different.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• VTP passwords must be set.     &lt;br /&gt;• The configuration revision numbers are all the same.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;7. The enterprise mail server software recently went through a minor update. A network administrator notices an excessive amount of traffic between a database server and the newly updated mail server, compared to the baseline data. What is the first action the administrator should do to investigate the problem?     &lt;br /&gt;• Wait to see if the recent update will stabilize after a while.     &lt;br /&gt;• Redo the baseline data to include the minor upgrade.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Check the log to see what software components are producing the excess traffic.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Check for viruses and spyware on the database server.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;8.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wGy-NqsI/AAAAAAAAAdQ/EM8J8T4sBc4/6%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="214" alt="6" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wMMeE7DI/AAAAAAAAAdU/qyBdOlSvz30/6_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Users are reporting that they cannot access the Internet. Routers R1 and R2 are configured with RIP version 2 as shown. If R2 receives a packet with a destination address on the Internet, how is the packet routed?     &lt;br /&gt;• The packet is routed to the ISP router and then to network 10.1.1.0/24.     &lt;br /&gt;• The packet is routed to the ISP router and then to the Internet.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The packet is routed to R1 and then forwarded out Fa0/0 on R1.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The packet will not be routed because R2 does not have a valid default route.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;9.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wR7fXdpI/AAAAAAAAAdY/vAJE6R-iReU/7%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="307" alt="7" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wWIKDqTI/AAAAAAAAAdc/nOH7hlooy38/7_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Both routers are configured using RIPv1. Both routers are sending updates about the directly connected routes. R1 can successfully ping the serial interface of R2. The routing table on R1 does not contain any dynamically learned routes from R2, and the routing table on R2 shows no dynamically learned routes from R1. What is the problem?     &lt;br /&gt;• Subnetting is not supported by RIPv1.     &lt;br /&gt;• One of the routers needs a clock rate on the serial interface.     &lt;br /&gt;• The serial link between the two routers is unstable.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• VLSM is not supported by RIPv1.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;10.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wc_drhtI/AAAAAAAAAdg/GoqWHe_c3HM/8%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="353" alt="8" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wibuniDI/AAAAAAAAAdk/OxtyfEDEkak/8_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Host 192.168.1.14 is unable to download email from 192.168.2.200. After reviewing the output of the show running-config command, what problem is discovered?     &lt;br /&gt;• Access to the SMTP server is denied.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The destination host address in an ACL statement is incorrect.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The ACL is applied to the interface in the wrong direction.     &lt;br /&gt;• The implicit deny any any is blocking all access to email.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;11. An employee called the help desk to report a laptop that could not access a web-based application on the Internet. The help desk technician asked the employee to open a Windows command prompt and type the ipconfig /all command. Which problem-solving technique did the technician choose?     &lt;br /&gt;• top-down     &lt;br /&gt;• bottom-up     &lt;br /&gt;• substitution     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• divide-and-conquer&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;12.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wpODhPLI/AAAAAAAAAdo/_urMRrNPQvY/9%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="462" alt="9" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wwJM8MEI/AAAAAAAAAds/e2YAghz29Yc/9_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="454" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Based on the network diagram and the output shown, which statement is true?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The command was entered on router R1.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The command was entered on router R2.     &lt;br /&gt;• The command was entered on router R3.     &lt;br /&gt;• The command could have been entered on either R1 or R2.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;13.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wz3FVZEI/AAAAAAAAAdw/XKAsoAittaw/10%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="356" alt="10" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7w5MYrKOI/AAAAAAAAAd0/XuiEfeeh-mg/10_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="365" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. An ACL is configured to prevent access by network 192.168.1.0 to network 192.168.2.0, but it is not working properly. What problem is discovered after observing the output of the show running-config command?     &lt;br /&gt;• The protocol type specified in the ACL should be TCP, not IP.     &lt;br /&gt;• The source and destination addresses are reversed in the statement.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The ACL is applied to the wrong interface, but the right direction.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The ACL is applied to the wrong interface and the wrong direction.     &lt;br /&gt;• The permit ip any any statement allows network 192.168.1.0 access.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;14.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7w_nV8EoI/AAAAAAAAAd4/PZMc3lU0l0o/11%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="272" alt="11" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xEiDyPuI/AAAAAAAAAd8/pFSPDnAxBLM/11_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Although all networks are reachable, the network administrator notices abnormal routing behavior after configuring OSPF on each router. According to the partial output from the debug ip ospf events command, which statement is true about the contents of the routing table in RA?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It will show network 172.16.3.0 learned from RB.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• It will show network 172.16.3.0 learned from RC.     &lt;br /&gt;• It will show two equal routes to network 192.168.1.4/30.     &lt;br /&gt;• It will show two equal routes to network 192.168.1.8/30.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;15. A network at a large building failed, causing a severe disruption in business activities. The problem was eventually detected and resolved by replacing a piece of failed network equipment. Investigation led to the conclusion that a network design problem was the main cause of the disruption. Loss of a single piece of equipment should not have been able to cause such a large problem. What two terms best describe this type of design weakness? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• bottleneck     &lt;br /&gt;• limited availability     &lt;br /&gt;• limited scalability     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• large failure domain      &lt;br /&gt;• single point of failure&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• limited staff capabilities     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;16.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xLPp86eI/AAAAAAAAAeA/SO4ijOquURw/12%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="258" alt="12" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xQgpU9YI/AAAAAAAAAeE/AiM4HKtJIt8/12_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator is troubleshooting the connectivity issue between RA and RB. According to the partial configuration, what is the cause of the problem?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• password mismatch for PPP authentication&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• username mismatch for PPP authentication     &lt;br /&gt;• encapsulation method mismatch for PPP authentication     &lt;br /&gt;• authentication method mismatch for PPP authentication     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;17.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xSx6380I/AAAAAAAAAeI/R7DS2HG2UFk/13%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="133" alt="13" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xVW9wfPI/AAAAAAAAAeM/GI3aRjv_JB0/13_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="446" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. ABC Company is using the 172.16.0.0/18 network. It is standard company practice to use the first 50 addresses for switches and servers and assign the last usable address to the router. The remaining addresses are assigned to the hosts. After assigning the addresses, the network technician tests connectivity from the host above and is not able to ping the router. What could be the problem?     &lt;br /&gt;• The router was assigned the broadcast address.     &lt;br /&gt;• The host is not in the same subnet as the switch and router.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The router interface is in the wrong subnet.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The host was assigned a network address.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;18.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xbzf4-OI/AAAAAAAAAeQ/K4zRG6xTe2k/14%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="362" alt="14" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xilBmyBI/AAAAAAAAAeU/u3hIS2VPb7M/14_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is troubleshooting a problem. No users are able to access the 10.10.2.0/24 network, but are able to access all other networks. Assuming R3 is configured correctly and based on the output shown, what is most likely the problem?     &lt;br /&gt;• There is congestion on the 10.10.2.0 network.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The EIGRP process number on R2 is incorrect.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The Fa0/0 interface on R2 is shut down.     &lt;br /&gt;• The Fa0/0 interface on R2 has an incorrect IP address or subnet mask.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;19.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xobaEbmI/AAAAAAAAAeY/aCH0nkYiHh4/15%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="308" alt="15" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xtZLbFRI/AAAAAAAAAec/QvfgnEMtiso/15_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator correctly configures RTA to perform inter-VLAN routing. Using the show vlan command, the administrator verifies that port Fast Ethernet 0/4 is the first available port in the default VLAN on SW2. The administrator connects RTA to port 0/4 on SW2, but inter-VLAN routing does not work. What could be the possible cause of the problem with the SW2 configuration?     &lt;br /&gt;• Port 0/4 is not active.     &lt;br /&gt;• Port 0/4 must be a member of VLAN1.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Port 0/4 is configured in access mode.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Port 0/4 is configured as a trunk port.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;20.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xyKJV70I/AAAAAAAAAeg/HrghVGRCKHM/16%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="277" alt="16" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7x2WP2WlI/AAAAAAAAAek/egQBxJLILK0/16_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator is unable to ping from the console of router R3 to host 10.10.4.63. What is the problem?     &lt;br /&gt;• RIPv1 does not support VLSM.     &lt;br /&gt;• Router R2 does not have RIP correctly configured.     &lt;br /&gt;• Router R3 is missing a network statement for network 10.0.0.0.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• There is an addressing problem on the link between routers R2 and R3.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;21.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7x6yuAobI/AAAAAAAAAeo/kiEzCW77gS8/17%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="269" alt="17" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7x-_1XkxI/AAAAAAAAAes/mZXoNJ8QI7E/17_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator has implemented subnetting using the network 192.168.25.0 and a /28 mask. Workstation 1 is not able to ping with Workstation 2. What is a possible cause for this lack of communication?     &lt;br /&gt;• Workstation 1 and Workstation 2 are on the same subnet.     &lt;br /&gt;• The serial connections are using addresses from the LAN subnets.     &lt;br /&gt;• All hosts in the network must be in the same subnet to communicate.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Workstation 1 is not on the same network that the RTA router LAN interface is on.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;22. Which two statements describe when a network administrator should perform a network baseline? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• It should be done monthly as a minimum standard.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It should be performed when all switch Cisco IOS versions are upgraded.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• It should be done when all network printers are upgraded to a new model.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It should be done when the network is performing at normal activity levels.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• It should be done whenever an SLA has been signed with a new service provider.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-7880622657808143298?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/7880622657808143298/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=7880622657808143298' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/7880622657808143298'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/7880622657808143298'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-9-exam-answers_16.html' title='CCNA Discovery 3 - Module 9 Exam Answers Version 4.0'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7vM0UqW5I/AAAAAAAAAcs/NbhwFhIPngs/s72-c/1_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-9150028064189462601</id><published>2008-12-16T12:19:00.010+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:38:46.663+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Switching in the Enterprise'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Introducing Routing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 3 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 3 - Module 8 Exam Answers Version 4.0</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;1.    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CHBTJNpI/AAAAAAAAAa8/TrrAr567aC8/13.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="140" alt="1" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CLQfTeTI/AAAAAAAAAbA/Lq85VWcBG1Q/1_thumb1.jpg" width="366" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator needs to add the command deny ip 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 any log to R3. After adding the command, the administrator verifies the change using the show access-list command. What sequence number does the new entry have?     &lt;br /&gt;• 0     &lt;br /&gt;• 10, and all other items are shifted down to the next sequence number     &lt;br /&gt;• 50     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 60&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;2.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CORQNlcI/AAAAAAAAAbE/utXyYFpGQM0/23.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="78" alt="2" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CRrWAWfI/AAAAAAAAAbI/gzZM_RCxGCk/2_thumb1.jpg" width="409" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What happens if the network administrator issues the commands shown when an ACL called Managers already exists on the router?     &lt;br /&gt;• The new commands overwrite the current Managers ACL.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The new commands are added to the end of the current Managers ACL.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The new commands are added to the beginning of the current Managers ACL.     &lt;br /&gt;• An error appears stating that the ACL already exists.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;3. Why are inbound ACLs more efficient for the router than outbound ACLs?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Inbound ACLs deny packets before routing lookups are required.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Inbound ACL operation requires less network bandwidth than outbound.     &lt;br /&gt;• Inbound ACLs permit or deny packets to LANs, which are typically more efficient than WANs.     &lt;br /&gt;• Inbound ACLs are applied to Ethernet interfaces, while outbound ACLs are applied to slower serial interfaces.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;4.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CVyd1-II/AAAAAAAAAbM/rUwc6vFnNks/34.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="236" alt="3" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CZfhVkzI/AAAAAAAAAbQ/-aB3QbLl5oQ/3_thumb2.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator of a company needs to configure the router RTA to allow its business partner (Partner A) to access the web server located in the internal network. The web server is assigned a private IP address, and a static NAT is configured on the router for its public IP address. Finally, the administrator adds the ACL. However, Partner A is denied access to the web server. What is the cause of the problem?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Port 80 should be specified in the ACL.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The public IP address of the server, 209.165.201.5, should be specified as the destination.     &lt;br /&gt;• The ACL should be applied on the s0/0 outbound interface.     &lt;br /&gt;• The source address should be specified as 198.133.219.0 255.255.255.0 in the ACL.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;5. ACL logging generates what type of syslog message?     &lt;br /&gt;• unstable network     &lt;br /&gt;• warning     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• informational&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• critical situation     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;6. Which two host addresses are included in the range specified by 172.16.31.64 0.0.0.31? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.31.64     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 172.16.31.77      &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.31.78&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.31.95     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.31.96     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;7. Traffic from the 64.104.48.0 to 64.104.63.255 range must be denied access to the network. What wildcard mask would the network administrator configure in the access list to cover this range?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 0.0.15.255&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 0.0.47.255     &lt;br /&gt;• 0.0.63.255     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.240.0     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;8. ACLs are used primarily to filter traffic. What are two additional uses of ACLs? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• specifying source addresses for authentication     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• specifying internal hosts for NAT      &lt;br /&gt;• identifying traffic for QoS&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• reorganizing traffic into VLANs     &lt;br /&gt;• filtering VTP packets     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;9. What can an administrator do to ensure that ICMP DoS attacks from the outside are mitigated as much as possible, without hampering connectivity tests initiated from the inside out?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Create an access list permitting only echo reply and destination unreachable packets from the outside.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Create an access list denying all ICMP traffic coming from the outside.     &lt;br /&gt;• Permit ICMP traffic from only known external sources.     &lt;br /&gt;• Create an access list with the established keyword at the end of the line.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;10. What effect does the command reload in 30 have when entered into a router?     &lt;br /&gt;• If a router process freezes, the router reloads automatically.     &lt;br /&gt;• If a packet from a denied source attempts to enter an interface where an ACL is applied, the router reloads in 30 minutes.     &lt;br /&gt;• If a remote connection lasts for longer than 30 minutes, the router forces the remote user off.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• A router automatically reloads in 30 minutes.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;11.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CdeF691I/AAAAAAAAAbU/IrCF4xUj_Yw/44.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="218" alt="4" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4ChOOXL4I/AAAAAAAAAbY/tZMeG6N_9jg/4_thumb2.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The following commands were entered on RTB.     &lt;br /&gt;RTB(config)# access-list 4 deny 192.168.20.16 0.0.0.15     &lt;br /&gt;RTB(config)# access-list 4 permit any     &lt;br /&gt;RTB(config)# interface serial 0/0/0     &lt;br /&gt;RTB(config-if)# ip access-group 4 in     &lt;br /&gt;Which addresses do these commands block access to RTB?     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.20.17 to 192.168.20.31     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 192.168.20.16 to 192.168.20.31*&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.20.16 to 192.168.20.32     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.20.16 to 192.168.20.33     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;12.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4Ck2BZfrI/AAAAAAAAAbc/zz17ywFHvBU/54.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="215" alt="5" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4Co9XrNlI/AAAAAAAAAbg/mhtyl0XxjAM/5_thumb2.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The new security policy for the company allows all IP traffic from the Engineering LAN to the Internet while only web traffic from the Marketing LAN is allowed to the Internet. Which ACL can be applied in the outbound direction of Serial 0/1 on the Marketing router to implement the new security policy?     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 197 permit ip 192.0.2.0 0.0.0.255 any     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 197 permit ip 198.18.112.0 0.0.0.255 any eq www     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 165 permit ip 192.0.2.0 0.0.0.255 any     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 165 permit tcp 198.18.112.0 0.0.0.255 any eq www     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 165 permit ip any any     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• access-list 137 permit ip 192.0.2.0 0.0.0.255 any      &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 137 permit tcp 198.18.112.0 0.0.0.255 any eq www&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 89 permit 192.0.2.0 0.0.0.255 any     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 89 permit tcp 198.18.112.0 0.0.0.255 any eq www     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;13. Which three statements are true concerning standard and extended ACLs? (Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;• Extended ACLs are usually placed so that all packets go through the network and are filtered at the destination.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Standard ACLs are usually placed so that all packets go through the network and are filtered at the destination.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Extended ACLs filter based on source address only, and must be placed near the destination if other traffic is to flow.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Standard ACLs filter based on source address only, and must be placed near the destination if other traffic is to flow.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Extended ACLs filter with many possible factors, and they allow only desired packets to pass through the network if placed near the source.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Standard ACLs filter with many possible factors, and they allow only desired packets to pass through the network if placed near the source.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;14.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CtRZRlOI/AAAAAAAAAbk/83L7Dn873v4/64.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="222" alt="6" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CxB6vCYI/AAAAAAAAAbo/cgVaxtInrD4/6_thumb2.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Company policy for the network that is shown indicates the following guidelines:&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;1) All hosts on the 192.168.3.0/24 network, except host 192.168.3.77, should be able to reach the 192.168.2.0/24 network.&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;2) All hosts on the 192.168.3.0/24 network should be able to reach the 192.168.1.0/24 network.&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;3) All other traffic originating from the 192.168.3.0 network should be denied.&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;Which set of ACL statements meets the stated requirements when they are applied to the Fa0/0 interface of router R2 in the inbound direction?     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 101 deny ip any any     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 101 deny ip 192.168.3.77 0.0.0.0 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.255     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 101 deny ip 192.168.3.77 0.0.0.0 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.255     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• access-list 101 deny ip 192.168.3.77 0.0.0.0 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255      &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255       &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.255&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 101 deny ip 192.168.3.77 0.0.0.0 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.255     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 101 permit ip any any     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 101 deny ip 192.168.3.77 0.0.0.0 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.0.0 0.0.255.255     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;15.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4C1K32zZI/AAAAAAAAAbs/qMDBPVB1JyA/73.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="247" alt="7" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4C4613WSI/AAAAAAAAAbw/v07Z2_nNZdI/7_thumb1.jpg" width="404" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Hosts from the Limerick LAN are not allowed access to the Shannon LAN but should be able to access the Internet. Which set of commands will create a standard ACL that will apply to traffic on the Shannon router interface Fa0/0 implementing this security?     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 42 deny 172.19.123.0 0.0.0.255 192.0.2.0 0.0.0.255&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 42 permit any     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• access-list 56 deny 172.19.123.0 0.0.0.255      &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 56 permit any&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 61 deny 172.19.123.0 0.0.0.0&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 61 permit any     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 87 deny ip any 192.0.2.0 0.0.0.255&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 87 permit ip any     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;16.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4C706WQMI/AAAAAAAAAb0/mixNDNR-YHw/83.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="303" alt="8" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4C-1yWsRI/AAAAAAAAAb4/7Z1HkEgBI38/8_thumb1.jpg" width="370" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator needs to configure an access list that will allow the management host with an IP address of 192.168.10.25/24 to be the only host to remotely access and configure router RTA. All vty and enable passwords are configured on the router. Which group of commands will accomplish this task?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Router(config)# access-list 101 permit tcp any 192.168.10.25 0.0.0.0 eq telnet      &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config)# access-list 101 deny ip any any&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config)# int s0/0&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config-if)# ip access-group 101 in&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config-if)# int fa0/0&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config-if)#ip access-group 101 in&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Router(config)# access-list 10 permit 192.168.10.25 eq telnet&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config)# access-list 10 deny any&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config)# line vty 0 4     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config-line)#access-group 10 in     &lt;br /&gt;• Router(config)# access-list 86 permit host 192.168.10.25     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config)# line vty 0 4     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config-line)# access-class 86 in     &lt;br /&gt;• Router(config)# access-list 125 permit tcp 192.168.10.25 any eq telnet&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config)# access-list 125 deny ip any any&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config)# int s0/0     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config-if)# ip access-group 125 in     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;17. Which ACL permits host 10.220.158.10 access to the web server 192.168.3.244?     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 101 permit tcp host 10.220.158.10 eq 80 host 192.168.3.224     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 101 permit tcp 10.220.158.10 0.0.0.0 host 192.168.3.224 0.0.0.0 eq 80     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 101 permit host 10.220.158.10 0.0.0.0 host 192.168.3.224 0.0.0.0 eq 80     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• access-list 101 permit tcp 10.220.158.10 0.0.0.0 host 192.168.3.224 eq 80&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;18. Which wildcard mask would match the host range for the subnet 192.16.5.32 /27?     &lt;br /&gt;• 0.0.0.32     &lt;br /&gt;• 0.0.0.63     &lt;br /&gt;• 0.0.63.255     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 0.0.0.31&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;19. A security administrator wants to secure password exchanges on the vty lines on all routers in the enterprise. What option should be implemented to ensure that passwords are not sent in clear text across the public network?     &lt;br /&gt;• Use Telnet with an authentication server to ensure effective authentication.     &lt;br /&gt;• Apply an access list on the router interfaces to allow only authorized computers.     &lt;br /&gt;• Apply an access list on the vty line to allow only authorized computers.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Use only Secure Shell (SSH) on the vty lines.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;20.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4DDAwrPLI/AAAAAAAAAb8/g24MAZLK3SA/94.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="91" alt="9" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4DGAE7mrI/AAAAAAAAAcA/9xf9k5C-KJE/9_thumb2.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. An administrator notes a significant increase in the amount of traffic entering the network from the ISP. The administrator clears the access-list counters. After a few minutes, the administrator again checks the access-list table. What can be concluded from the most recent output shown?     &lt;br /&gt;• A small amount of HTTP trafic is an indication that the web server was not configured correctly.     &lt;br /&gt;• A larger amount of POP3 traffic (compared with SMTP traffic) indicates that there are more POP3 email clients than SMTP clients in the enterprise.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• A large amount of ICMP traffic is being denied at the interface, which can be an indication of a DoS attack.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• A larger amount of email traffic (compared with web traffic) is an indication that attackers mainly targeted the email server.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-9150028064189462601?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/9150028064189462601/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=9150028064189462601' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/9150028064189462601'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/9150028064189462601'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-8-exam-answers_16.html' title='CCNA Discovery 3 - Module 8 Exam Answers Version 4.0'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CLQfTeTI/AAAAAAAAAbA/Lq85VWcBG1Q/s72-c/1_thumb1.jpg' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-6868486510854732023</id><published>2008-12-16T12:19:00.009+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:38:46.621+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Switching in the Enterprise'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Introducing Routing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 3 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 3 - Module 7 Exam Answers Version 4.0</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;1. Why are Network Control Protocols used in PPP?    &lt;br /&gt;• to establish and terminate data links     &lt;br /&gt;• to provide authentication capabilities to PPP     &lt;br /&gt;• to manage network congestion and to allow quality testing of the link     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• to allow multiple Layer 3 protocols to operate over the same physical link&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;2. What is the data transmission rate for the DS0 standard?     &lt;br /&gt;• 44 kb/s     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 64 kb/s&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 1.544 Mb/s     &lt;br /&gt;• 44.736 Mb/s     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;3. In which two layers of the OSI model are key differences found between a LAN and a WAN. (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Layer 1      &lt;br /&gt;• Layer 2&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Layer 3     &lt;br /&gt;• Layer 4     &lt;br /&gt;• Layer 6     &lt;br /&gt;• Layer 7     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;4. Which statement is true about the Cisco implementation of the HDLC protocol?     &lt;br /&gt;• It supports authentication.     &lt;br /&gt;• It has a universally compatible frame format.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It is the default encapsulation for serial interfaces on Cisco routers.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• It does not support multiple protocols across a single link.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;5.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4DxdcacQI/AAAAAAAAAcE/6VKdQsSU-OA/image%5B4%5D.png"&gt;&lt;img height="364" alt="image" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4D6IGVi6I/AAAAAAAAAcI/gtOJknMpEA4/image_thumb%5B2%5D.png" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator has a connectivity problem between the serial interfaces of Merida and Vargas. What is the cause of the problem?     &lt;br /&gt;• Authentication is required on the serial link.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The encapsulation is misconfigured.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The IP addresses are on different subnets.     &lt;br /&gt;• The serial interface on Vargas is shutdown.     &lt;br /&gt;• The loopback interfaces on both routers are not configured.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;6.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4D9e1TlaI/AAAAAAAAAcM/wmjNHhsZ7j4/image%5B8%5D.png"&gt;&lt;img height="181" alt="image" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4EAfQZ9KI/AAAAAAAAAcQ/Tgggrjyptl8/image_thumb%5B4%5D.png" width="465" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What statement is true about the exhibited output?     &lt;br /&gt;• LCP is in the process of negotiating a link.     &lt;br /&gt;• LCP and NCP are waiting for CHAP authentication to complete.     &lt;br /&gt;• LCP negotiation has completed successfully, but NCP negotiation is in progress.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• LCP and NCP negotiation is complete, and the data link service is available to carry packets.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;7. Which three statements are true regarding LCP? (Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It is responsible for negotiating link establishment.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• It negotiates options for Layer 3 protocols running over PPP.     &lt;br /&gt;• It uses MD5 encryption while negotiating link-establishment parameters.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It terminates the link upon user request or the expiration of an inactivity timer.      &lt;br /&gt;• It can test the link to determine if link quality is sufficient to bring up the link.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• It monitors the link for congestion and dynamically adjusts the acceptable window size.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;8. Why are Frame Relay paths referred to as virtual?     &lt;br /&gt;• Frame Relay PVCs are created and discarded on demand.     &lt;br /&gt;• The connections between PVC endpoints act like dialup circuits.     &lt;br /&gt;• There are no dedicated circuits to and from the Frame Relay carrier.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The physical circuits inside the Frame Relay cloud do not contain exclusive links for a specific Frame Relay connection.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;9. What best describes the use of a data-link connection identifier (DLCI)?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• an address identifying a virtual circuit&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• a logical address identifying the DCE device     &lt;br /&gt;• an address identifying a Layer 3 service across a Frame Relay network     &lt;br /&gt;• a logical address identifying the physical interface between a router and a Frame Relay switch     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;10. What two services allow the router to dynamically map data link layer addresses to network layer addresses Frame Relay network? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• ARP     &lt;br /&gt;• ICMP     &lt;br /&gt;• Proxy ARP     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Inverse ARP      &lt;br /&gt;• LMI status messages&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;11. Which three statements describe functions of the Point-to-Point Protocol with regards to the OSI model?(Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;• operates at all layers of the OSI model     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• provides a mechanism to multiplex several network layer protocols      &lt;br /&gt;• can be configured on both synchronous and asynchronous serial interfaces&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• uses Layer 3 of the OSI model to establish and maintain a session between devices     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• uses the data link layer to configure such options as error detection and compression&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• uses network control protocols to test and maintain connectivity between devices     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;12. At what physical location does the responsibility for a WAN connection change from the user to the service provider?     &lt;br /&gt;• demilitarized zone (DMZ)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• demarcation point&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• local loop     &lt;br /&gt;• cloud     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;13. What does a Frame Relay switch use to inform the sender that there is congestion?     &lt;br /&gt;• FECN     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• BECN&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• DE     &lt;br /&gt;• FCS     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;14.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4EVvNKbDI/AAAAAAAAAcU/FYhPu8youOo/image%5B13%5D.png"&gt;&lt;img height="151" alt="image" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4Eg4do18I/AAAAAAAAAcY/IznZYbnkg2s/image_thumb%5B7%5D.png" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What statement is true about the debug output?     &lt;br /&gt;• R2 is using PAP instead of CHAP.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The routers have different CHAP passwords configured.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The administrator performed a shutdown on the R2 PPP interface during negotiation.     &lt;br /&gt;• The Layer 3 protocol negotiation caused the connection failure.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;15. Which two statements describe the function of time-division multiplexing? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Multiple data streams share one common channel.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Conversations that require extra bandwidth receive any unused time slices.     &lt;br /&gt;• Time slots are utilized on a first-come, first-served basis.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Time slots go unused if a sender has nothing to transmit.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Priority can be dedicated to one data source.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;16. When customers use credit cards to make purchases at a small business, a modem is heard dialing a telephone number to transfer the transaction data to the central office. What type of WAN serial connection is in use?     &lt;br /&gt;• leased line     &lt;br /&gt;• point-to-point     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• circuit switched&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• packet switched     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;17. Which best describes data communications equipment (DCE)?     &lt;br /&gt;• serves as data source and/or destination     &lt;br /&gt;• responsible for negotiating windowing and acknowledgements     &lt;br /&gt;• physical devices such as protocol translators and multiplexers     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• equipment that forwards data and is responsible for the clocking signal&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;18. Permanent virtual circuits and switched virtual circuits are both part of which option for WAN connectivity?     &lt;br /&gt;• leased line     &lt;br /&gt;• cell switching     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• packet switching&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• circuit switching     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;19. Which field of a frame uses error detection mechanisms to verify that the frame is not damaged intransit?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• FCS&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• MTU     &lt;br /&gt;• flag     &lt;br /&gt;• control     &lt;br /&gt;• protocol     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;20. What occurs in the encapsulation process as a data packet moves from a LAN across a WAN?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The Layer 2 encapsulation changes to a format that is appropriate for the WAN technology.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The Layer 3 encapsulation changes to a format that is appropriate for the WAN technology.     &lt;br /&gt;• Both Layer 2 and Layer 3 encapsulation change to a technology that is appropriate for the WAN.     &lt;br /&gt;• Both Layer 2 and Layer 3 encapsulation remain constant as the data packet travels throughout the network.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;21.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4Eow-ZnuI/AAAAAAAAAcc/krbt9ir3BaI/image%5B17%5D.png"&gt;&lt;img height="297" alt="image" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4ExHQ-zAI/AAAAAAAAAcg/GRKFyAL6Bx0/image_thumb%5B9%5D.png" width="369" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator is configuring R1 to connect to R2, which is a non-Cisco router. Which encapsulation method will need to be configured for communication to occur?     &lt;br /&gt;• HDLC     &lt;br /&gt;• HSSI     &lt;br /&gt;• ISDN     &lt;br /&gt;• IPCP     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• PPP&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;22. A company is implementing dialup services for remote workers to connect to the local network. The company uses multiple Layer 3 protocols and requires authentication for security. Which protocol should be used for this remote access?     &lt;br /&gt;• LMI     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• PPP&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• HDLC     &lt;br /&gt;• Frame Relay     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;23. Which two options can LCP negotiate? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• compression      &lt;br /&gt;• authentication       &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/font&gt;• dynamic flow control     &lt;br /&gt;• network layer address for IP     &lt;br /&gt;• connection-oriented or connectionless communication methods     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;24. What statement best describes cell switching?     &lt;br /&gt;• It uses a dedicated path between endpoints.     &lt;br /&gt;• It creates a permanent physical link between two points.     &lt;br /&gt;• It uses DLCIs to identify virtual circuits.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It creates fixed-length packets that traverse virtual circuits.&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-6868486510854732023?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/6868486510854732023/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=6868486510854732023' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/6868486510854732023'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/6868486510854732023'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-7-exam-answers_16.html' title='CCNA Discovery 3 - Module 7 Exam Answers Version 4.0'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4D6IGVi6I/AAAAAAAAAcI/gtOJknMpEA4/s72-c/image_thumb%5B2%5D.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-1105775962889492304</id><published>2008-12-16T12:19:00.008+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:38:46.588+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Switching in the Enterprise'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Introducing Routing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 3 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 3 - Module 6 Exam Answers Version 4.0</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;1.    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP35ingk1xI/AAAAAAAAAZM/1JHuZcF-NgA/1%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="123" alt="1" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP35l-2xcwI/AAAAAAAAAZQ/AWicMmKj_TU/1_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What statement describes the DR/BDR relationship of the HQ router?     &lt;br /&gt;• HQ is the DR.     &lt;br /&gt;• HQ is the BDR.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• HQ is a DROTHER.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• HQ is a member of an NBMA network.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;2. Which two features are associated with Frame Relay OSPF point-to-multipoint environments? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• A DR is not elected.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The OSPF priority value determines the active DR on the Frame Relay link.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• OSPF neighbor routers are statically defined.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The link types are identified as broadcast multiaccess.     &lt;br /&gt;• The BDR will have a router ID whose value is greater than the DR router ID.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;3.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP35ukaAq5I/AAAAAAAAAZU/YpQ68fafPHo/2%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="303" alt="2" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP350TDYRVI/AAAAAAAAAZY/rknMQAQcX0I/2_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. How was the OSPF default gateway entry for R2 determined?     &lt;br /&gt;• Default routes are automatically injected by OSPF into all advertisements.     &lt;br /&gt;• A static default gateway route is defined in the configuration of R2.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The default-information originate command is applied on R1.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The ISP defines the gateway of last resort and automatically passes it to R1 and R2.     &lt;br /&gt;• The ip default-gateway command is applied on R2.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;4. What is always required for OSPF routers to share routing information?     &lt;br /&gt;• designated routers     &lt;br /&gt;• a backup designated router     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• neighbor adjacencies&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• an NBMA network topology     &lt;br /&gt;• links that are configured on the 224.0.0.0 network     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;5.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP354kckuNI/AAAAAAAAAZc/mngAR3pcgwM/3%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="334" alt="3" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP358x9bOCI/AAAAAAAAAZg/NxSW6EUtjRw/3_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="418" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator has implemented OSPF and the network has converged. If all router interfaces are enabled and functional, what route will OSPF view as lowest cost when moving frames from Host3 to Host1?     &lt;br /&gt;• R3 to R4 to R1     &lt;br /&gt;• R3 to R1     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• R3 to R2 to R1&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• R3 to R5 to R2 to R1     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;6.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36AUa7R7I/AAAAAAAAAZk/Uk40Wz6T0Ok/4%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="276" alt="4" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36DmPH-CI/AAAAAAAAAZo/3kRlzFyQI3g/4_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="418" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which commands configure router A for OSPF?     &lt;br /&gt;• router ospf 1     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; network 192.168.10.0     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• router ospf 1&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; network 192.168.10.64 0.0.0.63 area 0       &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; network 192.168.10.192 0.0.0.3 area 0&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• router ospf 1     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; network 192.168.10.64 255.255.255.192     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; network 192.168.10.192 255.255.255.252     &lt;br /&gt;• router ospf 1&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; network 192.168.10.0 area 0     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;7.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36HNL7OvI/AAAAAAAAAZs/35PXbwsLQhs/5%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="286" alt="5" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36Kuvm2TI/AAAAAAAAAZw/SPEx1cKYtwo/5_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="431" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which network statement configures the home router to allow all the interfaces to participate in OSPF?     &lt;br /&gt;• network 10.0.0.0 0.3.255.255 area 0     &lt;br /&gt;• network 10.8.0.0 0.0.0.3 area 0     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• network 10.8.0.0 0.3.255.255 area 0      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/font&gt;• network 10.10.0.0 0.0.0.3 area 0     &lt;br /&gt;• network 10.12.0.0 0.3.255.255 area 0     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;8. Which statement is true regarding OSPF DR and BDR elections?     &lt;br /&gt;• A new DR/BDR election occurs each time a new OSPF neighbor is added.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The router with the highest OSPF priority setting wins the election for DR.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The default priority value for a router connected to a multi-access network is 0.     &lt;br /&gt;• The router with the highest MAC address is elected as the DR when the default priority values are used.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;9.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36NuJ5S0I/AAAAAAAAAZ0/NbvoHSLwRHI/6%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="173" alt="6" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36QlEtFoI/AAAAAAAAAZ4/b6TvuIKM6tw/6_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="488" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator would like only the 172.16.32.0 network advertised to Router1. Which OSPF network command accomplishes this?     &lt;br /&gt;• Router2(config-router)# network 172.16.0.0 0.0.0.15 area 0     &lt;br /&gt;• Router2(config-router)# network 172.16.0.0 0.0.15.255 area 0     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Router2(config-router)# network 172.16.32.0 0.0.15.255 area 0&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Router2(config-router)# network 172.16.32.0 0.0.255.255 area 0     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;10. Which two statements describe the operation of link-state routing protocols? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• All routers in the same area have identical link-state databases when converged.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Routing loops are prevented by running the Diffusing Update Algorithm (DUAL).     &lt;br /&gt;• Link-state routers send frequent periodic updates of the entire routing table.     &lt;br /&gt;• Reliable Transport Protocol (RTP) is used to deliver and receive LSAs.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Calculating the shortest path for each destination is accomplished with the SPF algorithm.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;11.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36VhIUDiI/AAAAAAAAAZ8/2SfImAFEcn0/7%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="307" alt="7" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36aHHo5kI/AAAAAAAAAaA/X326Th140Us/7_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Routers A, B, and C are part of the existing OSPF network. Router D has been added to the network. All routers are running OSPF and have the indicated priorities applied to the interface. What is the DR/BDR status immediately after router D is added to the existing network?     &lt;br /&gt;• An election is forced and router D wins the DR election.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The DR and BDR do not change until the next election.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• An election is forced and the existing BDR becomes the DR.     &lt;br /&gt;• The router with the highest router ID becomes the new BDR.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;12. Which two statements describe the use of OSPF DR/BDR elections? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• Elections are always optional.     &lt;br /&gt;• Elections are required in all WAN networks.     &lt;br /&gt;• Elections are required in point-to-point networks.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Elections are required in broadcast multiaccess networks.      &lt;br /&gt;• Elections are sometimes required in NBMA networks.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;13.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36hs9N-VI/AAAAAAAAAaE/W9GKQvP4DVE/8%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="277" alt="8" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36n9slyJI/AAAAAAAAAaI/CQGwE6xzeyE/8_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. As part of an OSPF network, R1 and R2 are trying to become adjacent neighbors. Although it appears that the two systems are communicating, neither of the routing tables include OSPF routes received from its neighbor. What could be responsible for this situation?     &lt;br /&gt;• R1 and R2 are not on the same subnet.     &lt;br /&gt;• The Process IDs on each router do not match.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The timer intervals on the routers do not match.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The value set for the Transmit Delay time on both routers is too low.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;14.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36up37UfI/AAAAAAAAAaM/UXzbT0qX12E/9%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="196" alt="9" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP362YH8NaI/AAAAAAAAAaQ/5i6YLxaTGQA/9_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="461" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What is the purpose of the value 128 shown in bold?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It is the OSPF cost metric.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• It is the OSPF administrative distance.     &lt;br /&gt;• It is the value assigned by the Dijkstra algorithm that designates the distance in hops to the network.     &lt;br /&gt;• It is the value assigned to an interface that is used by the DUAL algorithm to determine the metric.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;15.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP367oVLyyI/AAAAAAAAAaU/fLwJo8iYirk/10%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="291" alt="10" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP37AjaFNiI/AAAAAAAAAaY/EcdYz2MHWv0/10_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="490" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What is the purpose of the configuration commands added on router B?     &lt;br /&gt;• allows router A to form an adjacency with router B     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• provides a stable OSPF router ID on router B&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• provides a method of testing router traffic     &lt;br /&gt;• creates the OSPF adjacency table on router B     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;16.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP37KX-c97I/AAAAAAAAAac/nDxCJDtv5vc/11%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="159" alt="11" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP37O4MhfBI/AAAAAAAAAag/MLDyvUiRNkg/11_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The command ip route 10.16.1.64 255.255.255.252 s0/0/0 is entered into the router. Why does network 10.16.1.64/30 appear in the routing table in addition to network 10.16.1.64/27?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The router views 10.16.1.64/30 and 10.16.1.64/27 as two different networks.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The static route is used as a backup route for packets destined for 10.16.1.64/27.     &lt;br /&gt;• The AD for static routes is lower than the AD for OSPF routes.     &lt;br /&gt;• The static route metric is lower than the OSPF metric for the 10.16.1.64/27 network.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;17. What is the primary difference between link-state protocols and distance vector protocols with regard to route calculation?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Distance vector protocols take existing routes from their neighbors and add to them. Link-state protocols independently calculate full routes.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Link-state protocols calculate and pass full routing tables to all routers in their associated areas, and distance vector protocols do not.     &lt;br /&gt;• When determining invalid routes, link-state protocols use split horizon for all route computations. Distance vector protocols use reverse poisoning.     &lt;br /&gt;• Distance vector protocols require more CPU and RAM for route calculations than link-state protocols require.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;18. What range of networks are advertised in the OSPF updates by the command Router1(config-router)# network 192.168.0.0 0.0.15.255 area 0?     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.0.0/24 through 192.168.0.15/24     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 192.168.0.0/24 through 192.168.15.0/24&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.15.0/24 through 192.168.31.0/24     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.15.0/24 through 192.168.255.0/24     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.16.0/24 through 192.168.255.0/24     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;19.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP37SsWM99I/AAAAAAAAAak/5LE80M5FbBA/12%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="215" alt="12" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP37WdgsqYI/AAAAAAAAAao/yxNoKpQ122A/12_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="490" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. When establishing adjacency relationships, which IP address would router A use to send hello packets to router B?     &lt;br /&gt;• 10.11.0.1     &lt;br /&gt;• 10.11.0.2     &lt;br /&gt;• 10.11.0.255     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 224.0.0.5      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/font&gt;• 255.255.255.255     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;20.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP37glhdVOI/AAAAAAAAAas/_OuDox0MVMI/13%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="460" alt="13" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP37priBJGI/AAAAAAAAAaw/YGfSy-gaexA/13_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which router will be elected the DR and which will become the BDR?     &lt;br /&gt;• R1 will be DR and R2 will be BDR.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• R1 will be DR and R3 will be BDR.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• R2 will be DR and R1 will be BDR.     &lt;br /&gt;• R2 will be DR and R3 will be BDR.     &lt;br /&gt;• R3 will be DR and R2 will be BDR.     &lt;br /&gt;• R3 will be DR and R1 will be BDR.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;21. When compared to a distance vector routing protocol, what is a benefit of the hierarchical design approach that is used in large OSPF networks?     &lt;br /&gt;• simpler configuration     &lt;br /&gt;• reduction of router processing requirements     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• isolation of network instability&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• less complex network planning     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;22. What are two advantages of using a link-state routing protocol instead of a distance vector routing protocol? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• The topology database eliminates the need for a routing table.     &lt;br /&gt;• Frequent periodic updates are sent to minimize the number of incorrect routes in the topological database.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Routers have direct knowledge of all links in the network and how they are connected.      &lt;br /&gt;• After the initial LSA flooding, routers generally require less bandwidth to communicate changes in a topology.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• A link-state routing protocol requires less router processor power.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;23. If a network has converged, what is true about the link-state database held by each router in the same OSPF area?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Each router has a link-state database containing the same status information.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Each router has a different link-state database depending on its position within the network.     &lt;br /&gt;• The link-state database is stored in a designated router and is accessed by each router in the area as needed.     &lt;br /&gt;• The link-state database in each router only contains information about adjacent routers and the status of their links.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;24.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP37ynqwXmI/AAAAAAAAAa0/RV1RSrqB6RA/14%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="262" alt="14" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP373o3mrrI/AAAAAAAAAa4/zmPUafYA-QY/14_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. RTRC was recently configured and is not sending the proper OSPF routes to RTRB, as shown in the RTRB routing table. Based on the RTRC configuration, what is most likely the problem?     &lt;br /&gt;• RTRC interfaces are administratively shut down.     &lt;br /&gt;• The OSPF process ID for RTRC does not match the process ID used on RTRB.     &lt;br /&gt;• The interface addresses on RTRC overlap with other addresses in the network.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The OSPF routing configuration on RTRC has a missing or incorrect network statement.&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-1105775962889492304?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/1105775962889492304/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=1105775962889492304' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/1105775962889492304'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/1105775962889492304'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-6-exam-answers_16.html' title='CCNA Discovery 3 - Module 6 Exam Answers Version 4.0'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP35l-2xcwI/AAAAAAAAAZQ/AWicMmKj_TU/s72-c/1_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-5854679362820713144</id><published>2008-12-16T12:19:00.007+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:38:46.543+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Switching in the Enterprise'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Introducing Routing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 3 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 3 - Module 5 Exam Answers Version 4.0</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;1. What three statements are true about routers that are configured for EIGRP? (Choose three.)    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• They can support multiple routed protocols&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• They can support only link-state protocols.     &lt;br /&gt;• They send their entire routing tables to neighboring routers.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• They send partial routing updates in response to topology changes.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• They send routing updates to all other routers in the network.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• They use hello packets to inform neighboring routers of their status.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;2. Given the following commands:     &lt;br /&gt;Router(config)# router rip     &lt;br /&gt;Router(config-router)# network 192.31.7.0     &lt;br /&gt;What three conclusions can be determined based on the commands used on the router? (Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;• A link-state routing protocol is used.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• A distance vector routing protocol is used.      &lt;br /&gt;• Routing updates broadcast every 30 seconds.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Routing updates broadcast every 90 seconds.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Hop count is the only metric used for route selection.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Bandwidth, load, delay, and reliability are metrics used for route selection.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;3. What is indicated when an EIGRP route is in the passive state?     &lt;br /&gt;• The route has the highest path cost of all routes to that destination network.     &lt;br /&gt;• The route must be confirmed by neighboring routers before it is put in the active state.     &lt;br /&gt;• The route is a feasible successor and will be used if the active route fails.     &lt;br /&gt;• There is no activity on the route to that network.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The route is viable and can be used to forward traffic.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;4. What two problems may occur if the EIGRP default bandwidth for a serial link is higher than the actual bandwidth? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• Routing updates will arrive too quickly for receiving routers to process.     &lt;br /&gt;• The port IP address will be rejected by the routing protocol.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Suboptimal paths will be selected.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The port protocol will return to the HDLC default.     &lt;br /&gt;• VLSM support will be disabled.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Network convergence may be affected.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;5. What is the default administrative distance for EIGRP internal routes?     &lt;br /&gt;• 70     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 90&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 100     &lt;br /&gt;• 110     &lt;br /&gt;• 120     &lt;br /&gt;• 255     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;6. A network administrator issues the command show ip route and sees this line of output:&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;192.168.3.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.2.2, 00:00:05, Serial0/0&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;What two pieces of information can be obtained from the output? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• RIP is the routing protocol configured.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• This is a static route to network 192.168.3.0.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The metric for this route is 2.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The next periodic update is in 5 seconds.     &lt;br /&gt;• The autonomous system number is 120.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;7.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2uKxP76PI/AAAAAAAAAYk/tGQBfH4-k9I/1%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="249" alt="1" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2uPTlC6aI/AAAAAAAAAYo/oOKErSUZ5xA/1_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="460" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which statement is true about the EIGRP authentication configuration?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• RTA and RTB will accept updates from each other.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• RTA and RTB will not accept updates from each other because key 1 on RTB does not match RTA.     &lt;br /&gt;• RTA and RTB will not accept updates from each other because the key chain names do not match.     &lt;br /&gt;• The ip authentication mode AS does not match the locally configured AS.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;8. Which Layer 4 protocol does EIGRP use to provide reliability for the transmission of routing information?     &lt;br /&gt;• DUAL     &lt;br /&gt;• IP     &lt;br /&gt;• PDM     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• RTP&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• TCP     &lt;br /&gt;• UDP     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;9.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2uSml-ANI/AAAAAAAAAYs/cFlOaYKsuLk/2%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="132" alt="2" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2uVE-QjgI/AAAAAAAAAYw/wFFaZhfRXDo/2_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="480" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Routers RTR-1 and RTR-3 are completely configured. The administrator needs to configure the routing protocol on router RTR-2 so that communication occurs throughout the network. Which group of commands will successfully configure EIGRP on RTR-2?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• RTR-2(config)# router eigrp 1&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; RTR-2(config-router)# network 198.18.76.0&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• RTR-2(config)# router eigrp 1     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; RTR-2(config-router)# network 198.18.76.0 0.0.0.3 no-summary&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; RTR-2(config-router)# network 198.18.76.4 0.0.0.3 no-summary     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; RTR-2(config-router)# network 198.18.76.128 0.0.0.192 no-summary     &lt;br /&gt;• RTR-2(config)# router eigrp 1     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; RTR-2(config-router)# network 198.18.76.0 0.0.0.3 area 0     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; RTR-2(config-router)# network 198.18.76.4 0.0.0.3 area 0&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; RTR-2(config-router)# network 198.18.76.192 0.0.0.192 area 0     &lt;br /&gt;• RTR-2(config)# router eigrp 1&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; RTR-2(config-router)# network 198.18.76.0 0.0.0.3&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; RTR-2(config-router)# network 198.198.76.4 0.0.0.3&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; RTR-2(config-router)# network 198.198.76.128 0.0.0.192     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;10. What prevents RIPv1 updates from being correctly advertised?     &lt;br /&gt;• an increase in network load     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• the use of variable length subnet masks&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• the use of multiple Layer 3 networks on the same router     &lt;br /&gt;• a variation in connection speeds on the links to a destination     &lt;br /&gt;• a mismatch between the configured bandwidth and the actual bandwidth of a link     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;11. What does a router that is running RIP use to determine the best path to take when forwarding data?     &lt;br /&gt;• the host portion of the network address     &lt;br /&gt;• the speed of network convergence     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• the calculated metric for the destination network&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• the number of broadcasts occurring on an interface     &lt;br /&gt;• the number of errors occurring on an interface     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;12. What is the purpose of the network command when RIP is being configured as the routing protocol?     &lt;br /&gt;• It identifies the networks connected to the neighboring router.     &lt;br /&gt;• It restricts networks from being used for static routes.     &lt;br /&gt;• It identifies all of the destination networks that the router is allowed to install in its routing table.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It identifies the directly connected networks that will be included in the RIP routing updates.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;13. How do EIGRP routers establish and maintain neighbor relationships?     &lt;br /&gt;• by exchanging neighbor tables with directly attached routers     &lt;br /&gt;• by comparing known routes to information received in updates     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• by exchanging hello packets with neighboring routers&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• by dynamically learning new routes from neighbors     &lt;br /&gt;• by exchanging routing tables with directly attached routers     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;14.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2uX_cxiBI/AAAAAAAAAY0/kq8QEDLoLPk/3%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="194" alt="3" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2uavYkTkI/AAAAAAAAAY4/YQ88Enca89w/3_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="435" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Routers A and B have EIGRP configured and automatic summarization has been disabled on both routers. Which router command will summarize the attached routes?     &lt;br /&gt;• ip area-range eigrp 1 192.168.10.80 255.255.255.224     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• ip summary-address eigrp 1 192.168.10.64 255.255.255.192&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• ip summary-address 192.168.10.80 0.0.0.31     &lt;br /&gt;• ip summary-address eigrp 1 192.168.10.64 0.0.0.63     &lt;br /&gt;• ip area-range eigrp 1 192.168.10.64 255.255.255.224     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;15. How often does RIPv2 send routing table updates, by default?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• every 30 seconds&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• every 45 seconds     &lt;br /&gt;• every 60 seconds     &lt;br /&gt;• every 90 seconds     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;16.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2ugbE4HUI/AAAAAAAAAY8/UbeNVvN9ems/4%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="169" alt="4" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2ukX6Z6bI/AAAAAAAAAZA/UilxMaJ3mNk/4_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="480" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is troubleshooting a routing problem. When the show ip route command is entered on RTR-1, only the serial link between RTR-2 and RTR-3 has been learned from the RIP routing protocol. What are two issues? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• RIPv1 is a classful routing protocol.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• RIPv1 does not support subnetting.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The Ethernet networks on RTR-2 and RTR-3 were not entered correctly in the network statements on these routers.      &lt;br /&gt;• RIPv1 does not support VLSM.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• RIPv1 is a classless routing protocol.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;17. What two statements are correct regarding EIGRP authentication? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• EIGRP authentication uses the MD5 algorithm.      &lt;br /&gt;• EIGRP authentication uses a pre-shared key.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• EIGRP authentication requires that both routers have the same key chain name.     &lt;br /&gt;• EIGRP authentication uses varying levels of WEP to encrypt data exchanged between routers.     &lt;br /&gt;• EIGRP authentication can be configured on one router and updates from this router are protected; whereas a neighbor router can be without the authentication configuration and its updates are unprotected.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;18. When should EIGRP automatic summarization be turned off?     &lt;br /&gt;• when a router has not discovered a neighbor within three minutes     &lt;br /&gt;• when a router has more than three active interfaces     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• when a network contains discontiguous network addresses&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• when a router has less than five active interfaces     &lt;br /&gt;• when a network addressing scheme uses VLSM     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;19. What is the maximum number of hops that RIP will attempt before it considers the destination unreachable?     &lt;br /&gt;• 14 hops     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 15 hops&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 16 hops     &lt;br /&gt;• 17 hops     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;20. What two statements are true regarding EIGRP tables? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• A feasible successor route can be found in the topology table.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• A successor route can only be found in the routing table.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The topology table shows whether a route is in the passive or active state.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The routing table shows the amount of time elapsed since a router adjacency was formed.     &lt;br /&gt;• The neighbor table shows all adjacent Cisco devices.     &lt;br /&gt;• Administrative distance is shown as a column in the neighbor table.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;21.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2utrLNzTI/AAAAAAAAAZE/waGI-cYw3Zo/5%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="232" alt="5" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2uyoy0NCI/AAAAAAAAAZI/U6OAUGa0s4g/5_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which statement is true about the output from the show ip protocols command?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• RIPv2 is configured on this router.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Auto summarization has been disabled.     &lt;br /&gt;• The next routing update is due in 17 seconds.     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.16.1 is the address configured on the local router&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-5854679362820713144?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/5854679362820713144/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=5854679362820713144' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/5854679362820713144'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/5854679362820713144'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-5-exam-answers_16.html' title='CCNA Discovery 3 - Module 5 Exam Answers Version 4.0'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2uPTlC6aI/AAAAAAAAAYo/oOKErSUZ5xA/s72-c/1_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-6163452030221949756</id><published>2008-12-16T12:19:00.006+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:38:46.479+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Switching in the Enterprise'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Introducing Routing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 3 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 3 - Module 4 Exam Answers Version 4.0</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;1. A network engineer is implementing a network design using VLSM for network 192.168.1.0/24. After subnetting the network, the engineer has decided to take one of the subnets, 192.168.1.16/28 and subnet it further to provide for point-to-point serial link addresses. What is the maximum number of subnets that can be created from the 192.168.1.16/28 subnet for serial connections?    &lt;br /&gt;• 1     &lt;br /&gt;• 2     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 4      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/font&gt;• 6     &lt;br /&gt;• 8     &lt;br /&gt;• 16     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;2. When running NAT, what is the purpose of address overloading?     &lt;br /&gt;• limit the number of hosts that can connect to the WAN     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• allow multiple inside addresses to share a single global address&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• force hosts to wait for an available address     &lt;br /&gt;• allow an outside host to share inside global addresses     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;3. What two advantages does CIDR provide to a network? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• reduced routing table size     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• dynamic address assignment&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• automatic route redistribution     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• reduced routing update traffic&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• automatic summarization at classful boundaries     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;4. How does a router keep track of which inside local address is used when NAT overload is configured?     &lt;br /&gt;• The router adds an additional bit to the source IP address and maintains a separate table.     &lt;br /&gt;• The router modifies the QoS field.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The router uses TCP or UDP port numbers.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The router uses a manual entry that is created and maintained in the database of the router.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;5. What is a characteristic of a classful routing protocol on the network?     &lt;br /&gt;• All subnets are seen by all routers.     &lt;br /&gt;• CIDR addresses are advertised.     &lt;br /&gt;• A subnet can be further subnetted down and advertised correctly.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Updates received by a router in a different major network have the default mask applied.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;6. Refer to the exhibit. Which address is an inside global address?     &lt;br /&gt;• 10.1.1.1     &lt;br /&gt;• 10.1.1.2     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 198.18.1.55&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 64.100.0.1     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;7. Refer to the exhibit. All networks that are shown have a /24 prefix. Assuming that all routes have been discovered by all routers in the network, which address will successfully summarize only the networks that are shown?     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.8.0/21     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.8.0/24     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.16.0/20     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 192.168.16.0/21&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.16.0/24     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;8. What is the CIDR prefix designation that summarizes the entire reserved Class B RFC 1918 internal address range?     &lt;br /&gt;• /4     &lt;br /&gt;• /8     &lt;br /&gt;• /12     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• /16&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• /20     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;9. Which NAT term refers to the IP address of your inside host as it appears to the outside network?     &lt;br /&gt;• inside global IP address     &lt;br /&gt;• outside global IP address     &lt;br /&gt;• inside local IP address     &lt;br /&gt;• outside local IP address     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;10. A network administrator is asked to design a new addressing scheme for a corporate network. Presently, there are 500 users at the head office, 200 users at sales, 425 at manufacturing, and 50 at the research site. Which statement defines the correct VLSM addressing map with minimal waste using the 172.16.0.0/16 network?     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.0.0/20 head office     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; 172.16.1.0/21 manufacturing     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; 172.16.1.0/22 sales     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; 172.16.3.0/26 research     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.48.0/19 head office&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; 172.16.16.0/20 manufacturing     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; 172.16.48.128 sales     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; 172.16.48.0/26 research     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 172.16.2.0/23 head office      &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; 172.16.4.0/23 manufacturing       &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; 172.16.6.0/24 sales       &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; 172.16.7.0/26 research&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.2.0/22 head office     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; 172.16.3.0/23 manufacturing     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; 172.16.4.0/26 sales     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; 172.16.4.128/25 research     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;11. A company using a Class B IP addressing scheme needs as many as 100 subnetworks. Assuming that variable length subnetting is not used and all subnets require at least 300 hosts, what subnet mask is appropriate to use?     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.0.0     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.240.0     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 255.255.254.0&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.0     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.128     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.192     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;12. Host A in the exhibit is assigned the IP address 10.118.197.55/20. How many more network devices can be added to this same subnetwork?     &lt;br /&gt;• 253     &lt;br /&gt;• 509     &lt;br /&gt;• 1021     &lt;br /&gt;• 2045     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 4093&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;13. Refer to the exhibit. RIP version 2 is configured as the network routing protocol and all of the default parameters remain the same. Which update is sent from R2 to R3 about the 10.16.1.0/24 network connected to R1?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 10.16.0.0/16&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 10.0.0.0/24     &lt;br /&gt;• 10.0.0.0/8     &lt;br /&gt;• 10.16.1.0/24     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;14. What range of networks are summarized by the address and mask, 192.168.32.0/19?     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.0.0/24 - 192.168.32.0/24     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.0.0/24 - 192.168.31.0/24     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.32.0/24 – 192.168.64.0/24     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 192.168.32.0/24 – 192.168.63.0/24&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;15. Refer to the exhibit. Based on the output of the show ip nat translations command, which kind of address translation is in effect on this router?     &lt;br /&gt;• static     &lt;br /&gt;• public     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• overload&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• private     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;16. How many addresses will be available for dynamic NAT translation when a router is configured with the following commands?     &lt;br /&gt;• Router(config)#ip nat pool TAME 209.165.201.23 209.165.201.30 netmask 255.255.255.224     &lt;br /&gt;• Router(config)#ip nat inside source list 9 pool TAME     &lt;br /&gt;• 7     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 8&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 9     &lt;br /&gt;• 10     &lt;br /&gt;• 24     &lt;br /&gt;• 31     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;17. Refer to the exhibit. Which two IP addresses could be assigned to the hosts that are shown in the exhibit? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.65.31     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.65.32     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 192.168.65.35      &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.65.60&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.65.63     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.65.64     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;18. What are the network and broadcast addresses for host 192.168.100.130/27? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• network 192.168.100.0     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• network 192.168.100.128&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• network 192.168.100.130     &lt;br /&gt;• broadcast 192.168.100.157     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• broadcast 192.168.100.159&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• broadcast 192.168.100.255     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;19. Refer to the exhibit. Which two are valid VLSM network addresses for the serial link between Router1 and Router2? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 192.168.1.4/30      &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.1.8/30&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.1.90/30     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.1.101/30     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.1.190/30     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;20. When configuring NAT on a Cisco router, what is the inside local IP address?     &lt;br /&gt;• the IP address of an inside host as it appears to the outside network     &lt;br /&gt;• the IP address of an outside host as it appears to the inside network     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• **c the IP address of an inside host as it appears to the inside network&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• the configured IP address assigned to a host in the outside network&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-6163452030221949756?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/6163452030221949756/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=6163452030221949756' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/6163452030221949756'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/6163452030221949756'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-4-exam-answers_16.html' title='CCNA Discovery 3 - Module 4 Exam Answers Version 4.0'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-543435078024010848</id><published>2008-12-16T12:19:00.005+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:37:24.269+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Switching in the Enterprise'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Introducing Routing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 3 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 3 - Module 9 Exam Answers Version 4.0</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;1.    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7vGAo6s3I/AAAAAAAAAck/aUgGsH5yPtM/1%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="526" alt="1" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7vM0UqW5I/AAAAAAAAAcs/NbhwFhIPngs/1_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Based on the output shown, to which IP network should the workstations in the Support department belong?     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.1.0     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.1.0     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 172.16.3.0&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.5.0     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;2.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7vTSXCImI/AAAAAAAAAcw/jK6MRzrJe9M/2%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="532" alt="2" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7vaklmKTI/AAAAAAAAAc0/pcDHFHwRfbY/2_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="490" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is doing proactive network maintenance. The administrator pings 192.168.1.100 and compares the results to the baseline data. Based on the comparison of the two pings, what is one possibility?     &lt;br /&gt;• There is an ACL applied, making the destination host unreachable.     &lt;br /&gt;• There is a malfunctioning NIC on the destination host.     &lt;br /&gt;• The sending host is unable to access the network.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• There are congestion problems on the network.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;3.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7vk7GQXWI/AAAAAAAAAc4/TAnRLMWcFHA/3%5B5%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="194" alt="3" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7vq8zTVeI/AAAAAAAAAc8/4SqucyMR4zo/3_thumb%5B3%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Given the output generated by the debug ppp negotiation command, which statement is true?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The line protocol of the local router is now up.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The username ’Goleta’ is configured locally.     &lt;br /&gt;• The command ppp authentication pap is configured on both routers.     &lt;br /&gt;• The local router requested to terminate the session.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;4. What is important to consider while configuring the subinterfaces of a router when implementing inter-VLAN routing?     &lt;br /&gt;• The subinterface numbers must match the VLAN ID number.     &lt;br /&gt;• The physical interface must have an IP address configured.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The IP address of each subinterface must be the default gateway address for each VLAN subnet.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The no shutdown command must be given on each subinterface.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;5.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7v0rSIl8I/AAAAAAAAAdA/1-oNrOB0CJo/4%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="284" alt="4" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7v61ULRZI/AAAAAAAAAdE/J4dWwYsOlvo/4_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A lab technician connects two routers together via a serial cable using the default interface configuration values. The interfaces are up; however, the technician is unable to ping between the two devices. What is the most likely problem?     &lt;br /&gt;• The lab technician used the wrong cable to connect the serial ports.     &lt;br /&gt;• There is an IP mismatch between the serial ports.     &lt;br /&gt;• There is an encapsulation mismatch between the serial ports.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• No clock rate has been set on the DCE interface.      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/font&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;6.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7v-gA3ZAI/AAAAAAAAAdI/AZ2Or5Xxiv8/5%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="116" alt="5" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wCSPALTI/AAAAAAAAAdM/s5aGu00v22A/5_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Based on the output shown, why is VTP information unable to propagate the network?     &lt;br /&gt;• One of the two client mode switches must be reconfigured to Transparent mode.     &lt;br /&gt;• Each switch must be synchronized to the network time server.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The VTP domain names are different.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• VTP passwords must be set.     &lt;br /&gt;• The configuration revision numbers are all the same.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;7. The enterprise mail server software recently went through a minor update. A network administrator notices an excessive amount of traffic between a database server and the newly updated mail server, compared to the baseline data. What is the first action the administrator should do to investigate the problem?     &lt;br /&gt;• Wait to see if the recent update will stabilize after a while.     &lt;br /&gt;• Redo the baseline data to include the minor upgrade.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Check the log to see what software components are producing the excess traffic.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Check for viruses and spyware on the database server.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;8.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wGy-NqsI/AAAAAAAAAdQ/EM8J8T4sBc4/6%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="214" alt="6" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wMMeE7DI/AAAAAAAAAdU/qyBdOlSvz30/6_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Users are reporting that they cannot access the Internet. Routers R1 and R2 are configured with RIP version 2 as shown. If R2 receives a packet with a destination address on the Internet, how is the packet routed?     &lt;br /&gt;• The packet is routed to the ISP router and then to network 10.1.1.0/24.     &lt;br /&gt;• The packet is routed to the ISP router and then to the Internet.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The packet is routed to R1 and then forwarded out Fa0/0 on R1.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The packet will not be routed because R2 does not have a valid default route.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;9.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wR7fXdpI/AAAAAAAAAdY/vAJE6R-iReU/7%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="307" alt="7" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wWIKDqTI/AAAAAAAAAdc/nOH7hlooy38/7_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Both routers are configured using RIPv1. Both routers are sending updates about the directly connected routes. R1 can successfully ping the serial interface of R2. The routing table on R1 does not contain any dynamically learned routes from R2, and the routing table on R2 shows no dynamically learned routes from R1. What is the problem?     &lt;br /&gt;• Subnetting is not supported by RIPv1.     &lt;br /&gt;• One of the routers needs a clock rate on the serial interface.     &lt;br /&gt;• The serial link between the two routers is unstable.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• VLSM is not supported by RIPv1.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;10.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wc_drhtI/AAAAAAAAAdg/GoqWHe_c3HM/8%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="353" alt="8" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wibuniDI/AAAAAAAAAdk/OxtyfEDEkak/8_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Host 192.168.1.14 is unable to download email from 192.168.2.200. After reviewing the output of the show running-config command, what problem is discovered?     &lt;br /&gt;• Access to the SMTP server is denied.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The destination host address in an ACL statement is incorrect.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The ACL is applied to the interface in the wrong direction.     &lt;br /&gt;• The implicit deny any any is blocking all access to email.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;11. An employee called the help desk to report a laptop that could not access a web-based application on the Internet. The help desk technician asked the employee to open a Windows command prompt and type the ipconfig /all command. Which problem-solving technique did the technician choose?     &lt;br /&gt;• top-down     &lt;br /&gt;• bottom-up     &lt;br /&gt;• substitution     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• divide-and-conquer&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;12.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wpODhPLI/AAAAAAAAAdo/_urMRrNPQvY/9%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="462" alt="9" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wwJM8MEI/AAAAAAAAAds/e2YAghz29Yc/9_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="454" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Based on the network diagram and the output shown, which statement is true?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The command was entered on router R1.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The command was entered on router R2.     &lt;br /&gt;• The command was entered on router R3.     &lt;br /&gt;• The command could have been entered on either R1 or R2.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;13.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wz3FVZEI/AAAAAAAAAdw/XKAsoAittaw/10%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="356" alt="10" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7w5MYrKOI/AAAAAAAAAd0/XuiEfeeh-mg/10_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="365" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. An ACL is configured to prevent access by network 192.168.1.0 to network 192.168.2.0, but it is not working properly. What problem is discovered after observing the output of the show running-config command?     &lt;br /&gt;• The protocol type specified in the ACL should be TCP, not IP.     &lt;br /&gt;• The source and destination addresses are reversed in the statement.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The ACL is applied to the wrong interface, but the right direction.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The ACL is applied to the wrong interface and the wrong direction.     &lt;br /&gt;• The permit ip any any statement allows network 192.168.1.0 access.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;14.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7w_nV8EoI/AAAAAAAAAd4/PZMc3lU0l0o/11%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="272" alt="11" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xEiDyPuI/AAAAAAAAAd8/pFSPDnAxBLM/11_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Although all networks are reachable, the network administrator notices abnormal routing behavior after configuring OSPF on each router. According to the partial output from the debug ip ospf events command, which statement is true about the contents of the routing table in RA?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It will show network 172.16.3.0 learned from RB.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• It will show network 172.16.3.0 learned from RC.     &lt;br /&gt;• It will show two equal routes to network 192.168.1.4/30.     &lt;br /&gt;• It will show two equal routes to network 192.168.1.8/30.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;15. A network at a large building failed, causing a severe disruption in business activities. The problem was eventually detected and resolved by replacing a piece of failed network equipment. Investigation led to the conclusion that a network design problem was the main cause of the disruption. Loss of a single piece of equipment should not have been able to cause such a large problem. What two terms best describe this type of design weakness? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• bottleneck     &lt;br /&gt;• limited availability     &lt;br /&gt;• limited scalability     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• large failure domain      &lt;br /&gt;• single point of failure&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• limited staff capabilities     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;16.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xLPp86eI/AAAAAAAAAeA/SO4ijOquURw/12%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="258" alt="12" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xQgpU9YI/AAAAAAAAAeE/AiM4HKtJIt8/12_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator is troubleshooting the connectivity issue between RA and RB. According to the partial configuration, what is the cause of the problem?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• password mismatch for PPP authentication&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• username mismatch for PPP authentication     &lt;br /&gt;• encapsulation method mismatch for PPP authentication     &lt;br /&gt;• authentication method mismatch for PPP authentication     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;17.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xSx6380I/AAAAAAAAAeI/R7DS2HG2UFk/13%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="133" alt="13" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xVW9wfPI/AAAAAAAAAeM/GI3aRjv_JB0/13_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="446" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. ABC Company is using the 172.16.0.0/18 network. It is standard company practice to use the first 50 addresses for switches and servers and assign the last usable address to the router. The remaining addresses are assigned to the hosts. After assigning the addresses, the network technician tests connectivity from the host above and is not able to ping the router. What could be the problem?     &lt;br /&gt;• The router was assigned the broadcast address.     &lt;br /&gt;• The host is not in the same subnet as the switch and router.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The router interface is in the wrong subnet.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The host was assigned a network address.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;18.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xbzf4-OI/AAAAAAAAAeQ/K4zRG6xTe2k/14%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="362" alt="14" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xilBmyBI/AAAAAAAAAeU/u3hIS2VPb7M/14_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is troubleshooting a problem. No users are able to access the 10.10.2.0/24 network, but are able to access all other networks. Assuming R3 is configured correctly and based on the output shown, what is most likely the problem?     &lt;br /&gt;• There is congestion on the 10.10.2.0 network.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The EIGRP process number on R2 is incorrect.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The Fa0/0 interface on R2 is shut down.     &lt;br /&gt;• The Fa0/0 interface on R2 has an incorrect IP address or subnet mask.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;19.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xobaEbmI/AAAAAAAAAeY/aCH0nkYiHh4/15%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="308" alt="15" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xtZLbFRI/AAAAAAAAAec/QvfgnEMtiso/15_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator correctly configures RTA to perform inter-VLAN routing. Using the show vlan command, the administrator verifies that port Fast Ethernet 0/4 is the first available port in the default VLAN on SW2. The administrator connects RTA to port 0/4 on SW2, but inter-VLAN routing does not work. What could be the possible cause of the problem with the SW2 configuration?     &lt;br /&gt;• Port 0/4 is not active.     &lt;br /&gt;• Port 0/4 must be a member of VLAN1.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Port 0/4 is configured in access mode.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Port 0/4 is configured as a trunk port.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;20.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xyKJV70I/AAAAAAAAAeg/HrghVGRCKHM/16%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="277" alt="16" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7x2WP2WlI/AAAAAAAAAek/egQBxJLILK0/16_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator is unable to ping from the console of router R3 to host 10.10.4.63. What is the problem?     &lt;br /&gt;• RIPv1 does not support VLSM.     &lt;br /&gt;• Router R2 does not have RIP correctly configured.     &lt;br /&gt;• Router R3 is missing a network statement for network 10.0.0.0.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• There is an addressing problem on the link between routers R2 and R3.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;21.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7x6yuAobI/AAAAAAAAAeo/kiEzCW77gS8/17%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="269" alt="17" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7x-_1XkxI/AAAAAAAAAes/mZXoNJ8QI7E/17_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator has implemented subnetting using the network 192.168.25.0 and a /28 mask. Workstation 1 is not able to ping with Workstation 2. What is a possible cause for this lack of communication?     &lt;br /&gt;• Workstation 1 and Workstation 2 are on the same subnet.     &lt;br /&gt;• The serial connections are using addresses from the LAN subnets.     &lt;br /&gt;• All hosts in the network must be in the same subnet to communicate.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Workstation 1 is not on the same network that the RTA router LAN interface is on.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;22. Which two statements describe when a network administrator should perform a network baseline? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• It should be done monthly as a minimum standard.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It should be performed when all switch Cisco IOS versions are upgraded.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• It should be done when all network printers are upgraded to a new model.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It should be done when the network is performing at normal activity levels.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• It should be done whenever an SLA has been signed with a new service provider.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-543435078024010848?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/543435078024010848/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=543435078024010848' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/543435078024010848'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/543435078024010848'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-9-exam-answers.html' title='CCNA Discovery 3 - Module 9 Exam Answers Version 4.0'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7vM0UqW5I/AAAAAAAAAcs/NbhwFhIPngs/s72-c/1_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-895414374970840423</id><published>2008-12-16T12:19:00.004+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:37:24.093+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Switching in the Enterprise'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Introducing Routing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 3 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 3 - Module 8 Exam Answers Version 4.0</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;1.    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CHBTJNpI/AAAAAAAAAa8/TrrAr567aC8/13.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="140" alt="1" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CLQfTeTI/AAAAAAAAAbA/Lq85VWcBG1Q/1_thumb1.jpg" width="366" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator needs to add the command deny ip 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 any log to R3. After adding the command, the administrator verifies the change using the show access-list command. What sequence number does the new entry have?     &lt;br /&gt;• 0     &lt;br /&gt;• 10, and all other items are shifted down to the next sequence number     &lt;br /&gt;• 50     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 60&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;2.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CORQNlcI/AAAAAAAAAbE/utXyYFpGQM0/23.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="78" alt="2" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CRrWAWfI/AAAAAAAAAbI/gzZM_RCxGCk/2_thumb1.jpg" width="409" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What happens if the network administrator issues the commands shown when an ACL called Managers already exists on the router?     &lt;br /&gt;• The new commands overwrite the current Managers ACL.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The new commands are added to the end of the current Managers ACL.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The new commands are added to the beginning of the current Managers ACL.     &lt;br /&gt;• An error appears stating that the ACL already exists.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;3. Why are inbound ACLs more efficient for the router than outbound ACLs?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Inbound ACLs deny packets before routing lookups are required.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Inbound ACL operation requires less network bandwidth than outbound.     &lt;br /&gt;• Inbound ACLs permit or deny packets to LANs, which are typically more efficient than WANs.     &lt;br /&gt;• Inbound ACLs are applied to Ethernet interfaces, while outbound ACLs are applied to slower serial interfaces.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;4.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CVyd1-II/AAAAAAAAAbM/rUwc6vFnNks/34.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="236" alt="3" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CZfhVkzI/AAAAAAAAAbQ/-aB3QbLl5oQ/3_thumb2.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator of a company needs to configure the router RTA to allow its business partner (Partner A) to access the web server located in the internal network. The web server is assigned a private IP address, and a static NAT is configured on the router for its public IP address. Finally, the administrator adds the ACL. However, Partner A is denied access to the web server. What is the cause of the problem?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Port 80 should be specified in the ACL.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The public IP address of the server, 209.165.201.5, should be specified as the destination.     &lt;br /&gt;• The ACL should be applied on the s0/0 outbound interface.     &lt;br /&gt;• The source address should be specified as 198.133.219.0 255.255.255.0 in the ACL.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;5. ACL logging generates what type of syslog message?     &lt;br /&gt;• unstable network     &lt;br /&gt;• warning     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• informational&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• critical situation     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;6. Which two host addresses are included in the range specified by 172.16.31.64 0.0.0.31? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.31.64     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 172.16.31.77      &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.31.78&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.31.95     &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.31.96     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;7. Traffic from the 64.104.48.0 to 64.104.63.255 range must be denied access to the network. What wildcard mask would the network administrator configure in the access list to cover this range?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 0.0.15.255&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 0.0.47.255     &lt;br /&gt;• 0.0.63.255     &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.240.0     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;8. ACLs are used primarily to filter traffic. What are two additional uses of ACLs? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• specifying source addresses for authentication     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• specifying internal hosts for NAT      &lt;br /&gt;• identifying traffic for QoS&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• reorganizing traffic into VLANs     &lt;br /&gt;• filtering VTP packets     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;9. What can an administrator do to ensure that ICMP DoS attacks from the outside are mitigated as much as possible, without hampering connectivity tests initiated from the inside out?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Create an access list permitting only echo reply and destination unreachable packets from the outside.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Create an access list denying all ICMP traffic coming from the outside.     &lt;br /&gt;• Permit ICMP traffic from only known external sources.     &lt;br /&gt;• Create an access list with the established keyword at the end of the line.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;10. What effect does the command reload in 30 have when entered into a router?     &lt;br /&gt;• If a router process freezes, the router reloads automatically.     &lt;br /&gt;• If a packet from a denied source attempts to enter an interface where an ACL is applied, the router reloads in 30 minutes.     &lt;br /&gt;• If a remote connection lasts for longer than 30 minutes, the router forces the remote user off.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• A router automatically reloads in 30 minutes.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;11.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CdeF691I/AAAAAAAAAbU/IrCF4xUj_Yw/44.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="218" alt="4" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4ChOOXL4I/AAAAAAAAAbY/tZMeG6N_9jg/4_thumb2.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The following commands were entered on RTB.     &lt;br /&gt;RTB(config)# access-list 4 deny 192.168.20.16 0.0.0.15     &lt;br /&gt;RTB(config)# access-list 4 permit any     &lt;br /&gt;RTB(config)# interface serial 0/0/0     &lt;br /&gt;RTB(config-if)# ip access-group 4 in     &lt;br /&gt;Which addresses do these commands block access to RTB?     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.20.17 to 192.168.20.31     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 192.168.20.16 to 192.168.20.31*&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.20.16 to 192.168.20.32     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.20.16 to 192.168.20.33     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;12.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4Ck2BZfrI/AAAAAAAAAbc/zz17ywFHvBU/54.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="215" alt="5" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4Co9XrNlI/AAAAAAAAAbg/mhtyl0XxjAM/5_thumb2.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The new security policy for the company allows all IP traffic from the Engineering LAN to the Internet while only web traffic from the Marketing LAN is allowed to the Internet. Which ACL can be applied in the outbound direction of Serial 0/1 on the Marketing router to implement the new security policy?     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 197 permit ip 192.0.2.0 0.0.0.255 any     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 197 permit ip 198.18.112.0 0.0.0.255 any eq www     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 165 permit ip 192.0.2.0 0.0.0.255 any     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 165 permit tcp 198.18.112.0 0.0.0.255 any eq www     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 165 permit ip any any     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• access-list 137 permit ip 192.0.2.0 0.0.0.255 any      &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 137 permit tcp 198.18.112.0 0.0.0.255 any eq www&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 89 permit 192.0.2.0 0.0.0.255 any     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 89 permit tcp 198.18.112.0 0.0.0.255 any eq www     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;13. Which three statements are true concerning standard and extended ACLs? (Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;• Extended ACLs are usually placed so that all packets go through the network and are filtered at the destination.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Standard ACLs are usually placed so that all packets go through the network and are filtered at the destination.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Extended ACLs filter based on source address only, and must be placed near the destination if other traffic is to flow.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Standard ACLs filter based on source address only, and must be placed near the destination if other traffic is to flow.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Extended ACLs filter with many possible factors, and they allow only desired packets to pass through the network if placed near the source.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Standard ACLs filter with many possible factors, and they allow only desired packets to pass through the network if placed near the source.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;14.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CtRZRlOI/AAAAAAAAAbk/83L7Dn873v4/64.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="222" alt="6" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CxB6vCYI/AAAAAAAAAbo/cgVaxtInrD4/6_thumb2.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Company policy for the network that is shown indicates the following guidelines:&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;1) All hosts on the 192.168.3.0/24 network, except host 192.168.3.77, should be able to reach the 192.168.2.0/24 network.&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;2) All hosts on the 192.168.3.0/24 network should be able to reach the 192.168.1.0/24 network.&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;3) All other traffic originating from the 192.168.3.0 network should be denied.&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;Which set of ACL statements meets the stated requirements when they are applied to the Fa0/0 interface of router R2 in the inbound direction?     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 101 deny ip any any     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 101 deny ip 192.168.3.77 0.0.0.0 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.255     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 101 deny ip 192.168.3.77 0.0.0.0 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.255     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• access-list 101 deny ip 192.168.3.77 0.0.0.0 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255      &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255       &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.255&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 101 deny ip 192.168.3.77 0.0.0.0 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.255     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 101 permit ip any any     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 101 deny ip 192.168.3.77 0.0.0.0 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.0.0 0.0.255.255     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;15.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4C1K32zZI/AAAAAAAAAbs/qMDBPVB1JyA/73.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="247" alt="7" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4C4613WSI/AAAAAAAAAbw/v07Z2_nNZdI/7_thumb1.jpg" width="404" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Hosts from the Limerick LAN are not allowed access to the Shannon LAN but should be able to access the Internet. Which set of commands will create a standard ACL that will apply to traffic on the Shannon router interface Fa0/0 implementing this security?     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 42 deny 172.19.123.0 0.0.0.255 192.0.2.0 0.0.0.255&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 42 permit any     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• access-list 56 deny 172.19.123.0 0.0.0.255      &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 56 permit any&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 61 deny 172.19.123.0 0.0.0.0&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 61 permit any     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 87 deny ip any 192.0.2.0 0.0.0.255&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; access-list 87 permit ip any     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;16.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4C706WQMI/AAAAAAAAAb0/mixNDNR-YHw/83.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="303" alt="8" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4C-1yWsRI/AAAAAAAAAb4/7Z1HkEgBI38/8_thumb1.jpg" width="370" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator needs to configure an access list that will allow the management host with an IP address of 192.168.10.25/24 to be the only host to remotely access and configure router RTA. All vty and enable passwords are configured on the router. Which group of commands will accomplish this task?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Router(config)# access-list 101 permit tcp any 192.168.10.25 0.0.0.0 eq telnet      &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config)# access-list 101 deny ip any any&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config)# int s0/0&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config-if)# ip access-group 101 in&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config-if)# int fa0/0&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config-if)#ip access-group 101 in&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Router(config)# access-list 10 permit 192.168.10.25 eq telnet&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config)# access-list 10 deny any&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config)# line vty 0 4     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config-line)#access-group 10 in     &lt;br /&gt;• Router(config)# access-list 86 permit host 192.168.10.25     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config)# line vty 0 4     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config-line)# access-class 86 in     &lt;br /&gt;• Router(config)# access-list 125 permit tcp 192.168.10.25 any eq telnet&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config)# access-list 125 deny ip any any&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config)# int s0/0     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; Router(config-if)# ip access-group 125 in     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;17. Which ACL permits host 10.220.158.10 access to the web server 192.168.3.244?     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 101 permit tcp host 10.220.158.10 eq 80 host 192.168.3.224     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 101 permit tcp 10.220.158.10 0.0.0.0 host 192.168.3.224 0.0.0.0 eq 80     &lt;br /&gt;• access-list 101 permit host 10.220.158.10 0.0.0.0 host 192.168.3.224 0.0.0.0 eq 80     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• access-list 101 permit tcp 10.220.158.10 0.0.0.0 host 192.168.3.224 eq 80&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;18. Which wildcard mask would match the host range for the subnet 192.16.5.32 /27?     &lt;br /&gt;• 0.0.0.32     &lt;br /&gt;• 0.0.0.63     &lt;br /&gt;• 0.0.63.255     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 0.0.0.31&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;19. A security administrator wants to secure password exchanges on the vty lines on all routers in the enterprise. What option should be implemented to ensure that passwords are not sent in clear text across the public network?     &lt;br /&gt;• Use Telnet with an authentication server to ensure effective authentication.     &lt;br /&gt;• Apply an access list on the router interfaces to allow only authorized computers.     &lt;br /&gt;• Apply an access list on the vty line to allow only authorized computers.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Use only Secure Shell (SSH) on the vty lines.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;20.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4DDAwrPLI/AAAAAAAAAb8/g24MAZLK3SA/94.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="91" alt="9" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4DGAE7mrI/AAAAAAAAAcA/9xf9k5C-KJE/9_thumb2.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. An administrator notes a significant increase in the amount of traffic entering the network from the ISP. The administrator clears the access-list counters. After a few minutes, the administrator again checks the access-list table. What can be concluded from the most recent output shown?     &lt;br /&gt;• A small amount of HTTP trafic is an indication that the web server was not configured correctly.     &lt;br /&gt;• A larger amount of POP3 traffic (compared with SMTP traffic) indicates that there are more POP3 email clients than SMTP clients in the enterprise.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• A large amount of ICMP traffic is being denied at the interface, which can be an indication of a DoS attack.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• A larger amount of email traffic (compared with web traffic) is an indication that attackers mainly targeted the email server.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-895414374970840423?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/895414374970840423/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=895414374970840423' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/895414374970840423'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/895414374970840423'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-8-exam-answers.html' title='CCNA Discovery 3 - Module 8 Exam Answers Version 4.0'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CLQfTeTI/AAAAAAAAAbA/Lq85VWcBG1Q/s72-c/1_thumb1.jpg' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-2710104814213080758</id><published>2008-12-16T12:19:00.003+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:37:24.009+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Switching in the Enterprise'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Introducing Routing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 3 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 3 - Module 7 Exam Answers Version 4.0</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;1. Why are Network Control Protocols used in PPP?    &lt;br /&gt;• to establish and terminate data links     &lt;br /&gt;• to provide authentication capabilities to PPP     &lt;br /&gt;• to manage network congestion and to allow quality testing of the link     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• to allow multiple Layer 3 protocols to operate over the same physical link&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;2. What is the data transmission rate for the DS0 standard?     &lt;br /&gt;• 44 kb/s     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 64 kb/s&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 1.544 Mb/s     &lt;br /&gt;• 44.736 Mb/s     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;3. In which two layers of the OSI model are key differences found between a LAN and a WAN. (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Layer 1      &lt;br /&gt;• Layer 2&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Layer 3     &lt;br /&gt;• Layer 4     &lt;br /&gt;• Layer 6     &lt;br /&gt;• Layer 7     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;4. Which statement is true about the Cisco implementation of the HDLC protocol?     &lt;br /&gt;• It supports authentication.     &lt;br /&gt;• It has a universally compatible frame format.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It is the default encapsulation for serial interfaces on Cisco routers.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• It does not support multiple protocols across a single link.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;5.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4DxdcacQI/AAAAAAAAAcE/6VKdQsSU-OA/image%5B4%5D.png"&gt;&lt;img height="364" alt="image" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4D6IGVi6I/AAAAAAAAAcI/gtOJknMpEA4/image_thumb%5B2%5D.png" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator has a connectivity problem between the serial interfaces of Merida and Vargas. What is the cause of the problem?     &lt;br /&gt;• Authentication is required on the serial link.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The encapsulation is misconfigured.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The IP addresses are on different subnets.     &lt;br /&gt;• The serial interface on Vargas is shutdown.     &lt;br /&gt;• The loopback interfaces on both routers are not configured.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;6.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4D9e1TlaI/AAAAAAAAAcM/wmjNHhsZ7j4/image%5B8%5D.png"&gt;&lt;img height="181" alt="image" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4EAfQZ9KI/AAAAAAAAAcQ/Tgggrjyptl8/image_thumb%5B4%5D.png" width="465" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What statement is true about the exhibited output?     &lt;br /&gt;• LCP is in the process of negotiating a link.     &lt;br /&gt;• LCP and NCP are waiting for CHAP authentication to complete.     &lt;br /&gt;• LCP negotiation has completed successfully, but NCP negotiation is in progress.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• LCP and NCP negotiation is complete, and the data link service is available to carry packets.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;7. Which three statements are true regarding LCP? (Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It is responsible for negotiating link establishment.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• It negotiates options for Layer 3 protocols running over PPP.     &lt;br /&gt;• It uses MD5 encryption while negotiating link-establishment parameters.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It terminates the link upon user request or the expiration of an inactivity timer.      &lt;br /&gt;• It can test the link to determine if link quality is sufficient to bring up the link.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• It monitors the link for congestion and dynamically adjusts the acceptable window size.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;8. Why are Frame Relay paths referred to as virtual?     &lt;br /&gt;• Frame Relay PVCs are created and discarded on demand.     &lt;br /&gt;• The connections between PVC endpoints act like dialup circuits.     &lt;br /&gt;• There are no dedicated circuits to and from the Frame Relay carrier.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The physical circuits inside the Frame Relay cloud do not contain exclusive links for a specific Frame Relay connection.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;9. What best describes the use of a data-link connection identifier (DLCI)?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• an address identifying a virtual circuit&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• a logical address identifying the DCE device     &lt;br /&gt;• an address identifying a Layer 3 service across a Frame Relay network     &lt;br /&gt;• a logical address identifying the physical interface between a router and a Frame Relay switch     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;10. What two services allow the router to dynamically map data link layer addresses to network layer addresses Frame Relay network? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• ARP     &lt;br /&gt;• ICMP     &lt;br /&gt;• Proxy ARP     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Inverse ARP      &lt;br /&gt;• LMI status messages&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;11. Which three statements describe functions of the Point-to-Point Protocol with regards to the OSI model?(Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;• operates at all layers of the OSI model     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• provides a mechanism to multiplex several network layer protocols      &lt;br /&gt;• can be configured on both synchronous and asynchronous serial interfaces&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• uses Layer 3 of the OSI model to establish and maintain a session between devices     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• uses the data link layer to configure such options as error detection and compression&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• uses network control protocols to test and maintain connectivity between devices     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;12. At what physical location does the responsibility for a WAN connection change from the user to the service provider?     &lt;br /&gt;• demilitarized zone (DMZ)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• demarcation point&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• local loop     &lt;br /&gt;• cloud     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;13. What does a Frame Relay switch use to inform the sender that there is congestion?     &lt;br /&gt;• FECN     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• BECN&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• DE     &lt;br /&gt;• FCS     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;14.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4EVvNKbDI/AAAAAAAAAcU/FYhPu8youOo/image%5B13%5D.png"&gt;&lt;img height="151" alt="image" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4Eg4do18I/AAAAAAAAAcY/IznZYbnkg2s/image_thumb%5B7%5D.png" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What statement is true about the debug output?     &lt;br /&gt;• R2 is using PAP instead of CHAP.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The routers have different CHAP passwords configured.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The administrator performed a shutdown on the R2 PPP interface during negotiation.     &lt;br /&gt;• The Layer 3 protocol negotiation caused the connection failure.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;15. Which two statements describe the function of time-division multiplexing? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Multiple data streams share one common channel.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Conversations that require extra bandwidth receive any unused time slices.     &lt;br /&gt;• Time slots are utilized on a first-come, first-served basis.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Time slots go unused if a sender has nothing to transmit.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Priority can be dedicated to one data source.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;16. When customers use credit cards to make purchases at a small business, a modem is heard dialing a telephone number to transfer the transaction data to the central office. What type of WAN serial connection is in use?     &lt;br /&gt;• leased line     &lt;br /&gt;• point-to-point     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• circuit switched&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• packet switched     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;17. Which best describes data communications equipment (DCE)?     &lt;br /&gt;• serves as data source and/or destination     &lt;br /&gt;• responsible for negotiating windowing and acknowledgements     &lt;br /&gt;• physical devices such as protocol translators and multiplexers     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• equipment that forwards data and is responsible for the clocking signal&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;18. Permanent virtual circuits and switched virtual circuits are both part of which option for WAN connectivity?     &lt;br /&gt;• leased line     &lt;br /&gt;• cell switching     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• packet switching&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• circuit switching     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;19. Which field of a frame uses error detection mechanisms to verify that the frame is not damaged intransit?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• FCS&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• MTU     &lt;br /&gt;• flag     &lt;br /&gt;• control     &lt;br /&gt;• protocol     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;20. What occurs in the encapsulation process as a data packet moves from a LAN across a WAN?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The Layer 2 encapsulation changes to a format that is appropriate for the WAN technology.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The Layer 3 encapsulation changes to a format that is appropriate for the WAN technology.     &lt;br /&gt;• Both Layer 2 and Layer 3 encapsulation change to a technology that is appropriate for the WAN.     &lt;br /&gt;• Both Layer 2 and Layer 3 encapsulation remain constant as the data packet travels throughout the network.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;21.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4Eow-ZnuI/AAAAAAAAAcc/krbt9ir3BaI/image%5B17%5D.png"&gt;&lt;img height="297" alt="image" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4ExHQ-zAI/AAAAAAAAAcg/GRKFyAL6Bx0/image_thumb%5B9%5D.png" width="369" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator is configuring R1 to connect to R2, which is a non-Cisco router. Which encapsulation method will need to be configured for communication to occur?     &lt;br /&gt;• HDLC     &lt;br /&gt;• HSSI     &lt;br /&gt;• ISDN     &lt;br /&gt;• IPCP     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• PPP&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;22. A company is implementing dialup services for remote workers to connect to the local network. The company uses multiple Layer 3 protocols and requires authentication for security. Which protocol should be used for this remote access?     &lt;br /&gt;• LMI     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• PPP&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• HDLC     &lt;br /&gt;• Frame Relay     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;23. Which two options can LCP negotiate? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• compression      &lt;br /&gt;• authentication       &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/font&gt;• dynamic flow control     &lt;br /&gt;• network layer address for IP     &lt;br /&gt;• connection-oriented or connectionless communication methods     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;24. What statement best describes cell switching?     &lt;br /&gt;• It uses a dedicated path between endpoints.     &lt;br /&gt;• It creates a permanent physical link between two points.     &lt;br /&gt;• It uses DLCIs to identify virtual circuits.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It creates fixed-length packets that traverse virtual circuits.&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-2710104814213080758?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/2710104814213080758/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=2710104814213080758' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/2710104814213080758'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/2710104814213080758'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-7-exam-answers.html' title='CCNA Discovery 3 - Module 7 Exam Answers Version 4.0'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4D6IGVi6I/AAAAAAAAAcI/gtOJknMpEA4/s72-c/image_thumb%5B2%5D.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-3302167345791107292</id><published>2008-12-16T12:19:00.002+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:37:23.969+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Switching in the Enterprise'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Introducing Routing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 3 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 3 - Module 6 Exam Answers Version 4.0</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;1.    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP35ingk1xI/AAAAAAAAAZM/1JHuZcF-NgA/1%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="123" alt="1" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP35l-2xcwI/AAAAAAAAAZQ/AWicMmKj_TU/1_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What statement describes the DR/BDR relationship of the HQ router?     &lt;br /&gt;• HQ is the DR.     &lt;br /&gt;• HQ is the BDR.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• HQ is a DROTHER.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• HQ is a member of an NBMA network.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;2. Which two features are associated with Frame Relay OSPF point-to-multipoint environments? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• A DR is not elected.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The OSPF priority value determines the active DR on the Frame Relay link.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• OSPF neighbor routers are statically defined.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The link types are identified as broadcast multiaccess.     &lt;br /&gt;• The BDR will have a router ID whose value is greater than the DR router ID.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;3.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP35ukaAq5I/AAAAAAAAAZU/YpQ68fafPHo/2%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="303" alt="2" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP350TDYRVI/AAAAAAAAAZY/rknMQAQcX0I/2_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. How was the OSPF default gateway entry for R2 determined?     &lt;br /&gt;• Default routes are automatically injected by OSPF into all advertisements.     &lt;br /&gt;• A static default gateway route is defined in the configuration of R2.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The default-information originate command is applied on R1.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The ISP defines the gateway of last resort and automatically passes it to R1 and R2.     &lt;br /&gt;• The ip default-gateway command is applied on R2.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;4. What is always required for OSPF routers to share routing information?     &lt;br /&gt;• designated routers     &lt;br /&gt;• a backup designated router     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• neighbor adjacencies&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• an NBMA network topology     &lt;br /&gt;• links that are configured on the 224.0.0.0 network     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;5.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP354kckuNI/AAAAAAAAAZc/mngAR3pcgwM/3%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="334" alt="3" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP358x9bOCI/AAAAAAAAAZg/NxSW6EUtjRw/3_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="418" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator has implemented OSPF and the network has converged. If all router interfaces are enabled and functional, what route will OSPF view as lowest cost when moving frames from Host3 to Host1?     &lt;br /&gt;• R3 to R4 to R1     &lt;br /&gt;• R3 to R1     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• R3 to R2 to R1&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• R3 to R5 to R2 to R1     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;6.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36AUa7R7I/AAAAAAAAAZk/Uk40Wz6T0Ok/4%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="276" alt="4" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36DmPH-CI/AAAAAAAAAZo/3kRlzFyQI3g/4_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="418" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which commands configure router A for OSPF?     &lt;br /&gt;• router ospf 1     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; network 192.168.10.0     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• router ospf 1&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; network 192.168.10.64 0.0.0.63 area 0       &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; network 192.168.10.192 0.0.0.3 area 0&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• router ospf 1     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; network 192.168.10.64 255.255.255.192     &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; network 192.168.10.192 255.255.255.252     &lt;br /&gt;• router ospf 1&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;&amp;#160;&amp;#160;&amp;#160; network 192.168.10.0 area 0     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;7.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36HNL7OvI/AAAAAAAAAZs/35PXbwsLQhs/5%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="286" alt="5" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36Kuvm2TI/AAAAAAAAAZw/SPEx1cKYtwo/5_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="431" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which network statement configures the home router to allow all the interfaces to participate in OSPF?     &lt;br /&gt;• network 10.0.0.0 0.3.255.255 area 0     &lt;br /&gt;• network 10.8.0.0 0.0.0.3 area 0     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• network 10.8.0.0 0.3.255.255 area 0      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/font&gt;• network 10.10.0.0 0.0.0.3 area 0     &lt;br /&gt;• network 10.12.0.0 0.3.255.255 area 0     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;8. Which statement is true regarding OSPF DR and BDR elections?     &lt;br /&gt;• A new DR/BDR election occurs each time a new OSPF neighbor is added.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The router with the highest OSPF priority setting wins the election for DR.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The default priority value for a router connected to a multi-access network is 0.     &lt;br /&gt;• The router with the highest MAC address is elected as the DR when the default priority values are used.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;9.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36NuJ5S0I/AAAAAAAAAZ0/NbvoHSLwRHI/6%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="173" alt="6" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36QlEtFoI/AAAAAAAAAZ4/b6TvuIKM6tw/6_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="488" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator would like only the 172.16.32.0 network advertised to Router1. Which OSPF network command accomplishes this?     &lt;br /&gt;• Router2(config-router)# network 172.16.0.0 0.0.0.15 area 0     &lt;br /&gt;• Router2(config-router)# network 172.16.0.0 0.0.15.255 area 0     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Router2(config-router)# network 172.16.32.0 0.0.15.255 area 0&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Router2(config-router)# network 172.16.32.0 0.0.255.255 area 0     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;10. Which two statements describe the operation of link-state routing protocols? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• All routers in the same area have identical link-state databases when converged.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Routing loops are prevented by running the Diffusing Update Algorithm (DUAL).     &lt;br /&gt;• Link-state routers send frequent periodic updates of the entire routing table.     &lt;br /&gt;• Reliable Transport Protocol (RTP) is used to deliver and receive LSAs.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Calculating the shortest path for each destination is accomplished with the SPF algorithm.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;11.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36VhIUDiI/AAAAAAAAAZ8/2SfImAFEcn0/7%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="307" alt="7" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36aHHo5kI/AAAAAAAAAaA/X326Th140Us/7_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Routers A, B, and C are part of the existing OSPF network. Router D has been added to the network. All routers are running OSPF and have the indicated priorities applied to the interface. What is the DR/BDR status immediately after router D is added to the existing network?     &lt;br /&gt;• An election is forced and router D wins the DR election.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The DR and BDR do not change until the next election.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• An election is forced and the existing BDR becomes the DR.     &lt;br /&gt;• The router with the highest router ID becomes the new BDR.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;12. Which two statements describe the use of OSPF DR/BDR elections? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• Elections are always optional.     &lt;br /&gt;• Elections are required in all WAN networks.     &lt;br /&gt;• Elections are required in point-to-point networks.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Elections are required in broadcast multiaccess networks.      &lt;br /&gt;• Elections are sometimes required in NBMA networks.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;13.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36hs9N-VI/AAAAAAAAAaE/W9GKQvP4DVE/8%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="277" alt="8" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36n9slyJI/AAAAAAAAAaI/CQGwE6xzeyE/8_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. As part of an OSPF network, R1 and R2 are trying to become adjacent neighbors. Although it appears that the two systems are communicating, neither of the routing tables include OSPF routes received from its neighbor. What could be responsible for this situation?     &lt;br /&gt;• R1 and R2 are not on the same subnet.     &lt;br /&gt;• The Process IDs on each router do not match.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The timer intervals on the routers do not match.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The value set for the Transmit Delay time on both routers is too low.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;14.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36up37UfI/AAAAAAAAAaM/UXzbT0qX12E/9%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="196" alt="9" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP362YH8NaI/AAAAAAAAAaQ/5i6YLxaTGQA/9_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" width="461" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What is the purpose of the value 128 shown in bold?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• It is the OSPF cost metric.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• It is the OSPF administrative distance.     &lt;br /&gt;• It is the value assigned by the Dijkstra algorithm that designates the distance in hops to the network.     &lt;br /&gt;• It is the value assigned to an interface that is used by the DUAL algorithm to determine the metric.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;15.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP367oVLyyI/AAAAAAAAAaU/fLwJo8iYirk/10%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="291" alt="10" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP37AjaFNiI/AAAAAAAAAaY/EcdYz2MHWv0/10_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="490" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What is the purpose of the configuration commands added on router B?     &lt;br /&gt;• allows router A to form an adjacency with router B     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• provides a stable OSPF router ID on router B&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• provides a method of testing router traffic     &lt;br /&gt;• creates the OSPF adjacency table on router B     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;16.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP37KX-c97I/AAAAAAAAAac/nDxCJDtv5vc/11%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="159" alt="11" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP37O4MhfBI/AAAAAAAAAag/MLDyvUiRNkg/11_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The command ip route 10.16.1.64 255.255.255.252 s0/0/0 is entered into the router. Why does network 10.16.1.64/30 appear in the routing table in addition to network 10.16.1.64/27?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The router views 10.16.1.64/30 and 10.16.1.64/27 as two different networks.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The static route is used as a backup route for packets destined for 10.16.1.64/27.     &lt;br /&gt;• The AD for static routes is lower than the AD for OSPF routes.     &lt;br /&gt;• The static route metric is lower than the OSPF metric for the 10.16.1.64/27 network.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;17. What is the primary difference between link-state protocols and distance vector protocols with regard to route calculation?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Distance vector protocols take existing routes from their neighbors and add to them. Link-state protocols independently calculate full routes.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Link-state protocols calculate and pass full routing tables to all routers in their associated areas, and distance vector protocols do not.     &lt;br /&gt;• When determining invalid routes, link-state protocols use split horizon for all route computations. Distance vector protocols use reverse poisoning.     &lt;br /&gt;• Distance vector protocols require more CPU and RAM for route calculations than link-state protocols require.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;18. What range of networks are advertised in the OSPF updates by the command Router1(config-router)# network 192.168.0.0 0.0.15.255 area 0?     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.0.0/24 through 192.168.0.15/24     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 192.168.0.0/24 through 192.168.15.0/24&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.15.0/24 through 192.168.31.0/24     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.15.0/24 through 192.168.255.0/24     &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.16.0/24 through 192.168.255.0/24     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;19.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP37SsWM99I/AAAAAAAAAak/5LE80M5FbBA/12%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="215" alt="12" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP37WdgsqYI/AAAAAAAAAao/yxNoKpQ122A/12_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="490" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. When establishing adjacency relationships, which IP address would router A use to send hello packets to router B?     &lt;br /&gt;• 10.11.0.1     &lt;br /&gt;• 10.11.0.2     &lt;br /&gt;• 10.11.0.255     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 224.0.0.5      &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/font&gt;• 255.255.255.255     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;20.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP37glhdVOI/AAAAAAAAAas/_OuDox0MVMI/13%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="460" alt="13" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP37priBJGI/AAAAAAAAAaw/YGfSy-gaexA/13_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which router will be elected the DR and which will become the BDR?     &lt;br /&gt;• R1 will be DR and R2 will be BDR.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• R1 will be DR and R3 will be BDR.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• R2 will be DR and R1 will be BDR.     &lt;br /&gt;• R2 will be DR and R3 will be BDR.     &lt;br /&gt;• R3 will be DR and R2 will be BDR.     &lt;br /&gt;• R3 will be DR and R1 will be BDR.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;21. When compared to a distance vector routing protocol, what is a benefit of the hierarchical design approach that is used in large OSPF networks?     &lt;br /&gt;• simpler configuration     &lt;br /&gt;• reduction of router processing requirements     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• isolation of network instability&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• less complex network planning     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;22. What are two advantages of using a link-state routing protocol instead of a distance vector routing protocol? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• The topology database eliminates the need for a routing table.     &lt;br /&gt;• Frequent periodic updates are sent to minimize the number of incorrect routes in the topological database.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Routers have direct knowledge of all links in the network and how they are connected.      &lt;br /&gt;• After the initial LSA flooding, routers generally require less bandwidth to communicate changes in a topology.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• A link-state routing protocol requires less router processor power.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;23. If a network has converged, what is true about the link-state database held by each router in the same OSPF area?     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Each router has a link-state database containing the same status information.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Each router has a different link-state database depending on its position within the network.     &lt;br /&gt;• The link-state database is stored in a designated router and is accessed by each router in the area as needed.     &lt;br /&gt;• The link-state database in each router only contains information about adjacent routers and the status of their links.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;24.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP37ynqwXmI/AAAAAAAAAa0/RV1RSrqB6RA/14%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img height="262" alt="14" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP373o3mrrI/AAAAAAAAAa4/zmPUafYA-QY/14_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" width="485" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. RTRC was recently configured and is not sending the proper OSPF routes to RTRB, as shown in the RTRB routing table. Based on the RTRC configuration, what is most likely the problem?     &lt;br /&gt;• RTRC interfaces are administratively shut down.     &lt;br /&gt;• The OSPF process ID for RTRC does not match the process ID used on RTRB.     &lt;br /&gt;• The interface addresses on RTRC overlap with other addresses in the network.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The OSPF routing configuration on RTRC has a missing or incorrect network statement.&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4281178820994815906-3302167345791107292?l=ccna-answers.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/feeds/3302167345791107292/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4281178820994815906&amp;postID=3302167345791107292' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/3302167345791107292'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4281178820994815906/posts/default/3302167345791107292'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://ccna-answers.blogspot.com/2008/12/ccna-discovery-3-module-6-exam-answers.html' title='CCNA Discovery 3 - Module 6 Exam Answers Version 4.0'/><author><name>CuEiHzO</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP35l-2xcwI/AAAAAAAAAZQ/AWicMmKj_TU/s72-c/1_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4281178820994815906.post-5279183232795073724</id><published>2008-12-16T12:19:00.001+07:00</published><updated>2008-12-17T03:37:23.835+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Switching in the Enterprise'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Introducing Routing'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='CCNA Discovery 3 Version 4.0'/><title type='text'>CCNA Discovery 3 - Module 5 Exam Answers Version 4.0</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;1. What three statements are true about routers that are configured for EIGRP? (Choose three.)    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• They can support multiple routed protocols&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• They can support only link-state protocols.     &lt;br /&gt;• They send their entire routing tables to neighboring routers.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• They send partial routing updates in response to topology changes.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• They send routing updates to all other routers in the network.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• They use hello packets to inform neighboring routers of their status.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;2. Given the following commands:     &lt;br /&gt;Router(config)# router rip     &lt;br /&gt;Router(config-router)# network 192.31.7.0     &lt;br /&gt;What three conclusions can be determined based on the commands used on the router? (Choose three.)     &lt;br /&gt;• A link-state routing protocol is used.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• A distance vector routing protocol is used.      &lt;br /&gt;• Routing updates broadcast every 30 seconds.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Routing updates broadcast every 90 seconds.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Hop count is the only metric used for route selection.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• Bandwidth, load, delay, and reliability are metrics used for route selection.     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;3. What is indicated when an EIGRP route is in the passive state?     &lt;br /&gt;• The route has the highest path cost of all routes to that destination network.     &lt;br /&gt;• The route must be confirmed by neighboring routers before it is put in the active state.     &lt;br /&gt;• The route is a feasible successor and will be used if the active route fails.     &lt;br /&gt;• There is no activity on the route to that network.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The route is viable and can be used to forward traffic.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;4. What two problems may occur if the EIGRP default bandwidth for a serial link is higher than the actual bandwidth? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;• Routing updates will arrive too quickly for receiving routers to process.     &lt;br /&gt;• The port IP address will be rejected by the routing protocol.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Suboptimal paths will be selected.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The port protocol will return to the HDLC default.     &lt;br /&gt;• VLSM support will be disabled.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• Network convergence may be affected.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;5. What is the default administrative distance for EIGRP internal routes?     &lt;br /&gt;• 70     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• 90&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• 100     &lt;br /&gt;• 110     &lt;br /&gt;• 120     &lt;br /&gt;• 255     &lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;6. A network administrator issues the command show ip route and sees this line of output:&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;192.168.3.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.2.2, 00:00:05, Serial0/0&amp;#160; &lt;br /&gt;What two pieces of information can be obtained from the output? (Choose two.)     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• RIP is the routing protocol configured.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• This is a static route to network 192.168.3.0.     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;font color="#ff0000"&gt;• The metric for this route is 2.&lt;/font&gt;     &lt;br /&gt;• The next periodi
